ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP INC
10KSB, 1998-03-31
STATE COMMERCIAL BANKS
Previous: CALVERT SOCIAL INVESTMENT FUND, 485BPOS, 1998-03-31
Next: GATX CAPITAL CORP, 10-K, 1998-03-31




                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                   FORM 10-KSB
(Mark One)
X        ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES  EXCHANGE ACT
         OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997

         TRANSITION REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [NO FEE REQUIRED]
         For the transition period from ___________ to __________

         Commission file number 0-10971

                      ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           (Name of small business issuer as specified in its charter)

          Delaware                                          52-1508198
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(State or other jurisdiction of         (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
   incorporation or organization)

1627 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.                            20006
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      (Address of principal executive offices)                 (Zip Code)

                                 (202) 466-4090
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                (Issuer's telephone number, including area code)


   Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  None

   Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                     Common Stock, par value $.01 per share
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                (Title of Class)


         Check whether the issuer (1) filed all reports  required to be filed by
Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Exchange  Act during the past 12 months (or for such
shorter  period as the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has
been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X    No
                                                                   --

     Check if there is no disclosure  of  delinquent  filers in response to Item
405 of  Regulation  S-B  contained  in  this  form,  and no  disclosure  will be
contained,  to the  best of  registrant's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or
information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-KSB
or any amendment to this Form 10-KSB. [X]

     State  issuer's  revenues  for its  most recent fiscal year    $10,807,000
                                                                   -------------

         State  the  aggregate   market  value  of  the  voting  stock  held  by
non-affiliates  computed by  reference to the price at which the stock was sold,
or the average bid and asked prices of such stock as of March 16, 1998.

                                   $15,659,000

         Indicate the number of shares  outstanding of each of the  registrant's
classes of common stock, as of March 16, 1998.

                1,651,226 shares of Common Stock, Par Value $.01

       Transitional Small Business Disclosure Format (Check one) Yes   No X
                                                                          --
                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
         Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 1998 Annual Meeting of
           Stockholders of Abigail Adams National Bancorp, Inc., to be
                     filed with the Securities and Exchange
            Commission on or before April 30, 1998, are incorporated
                 herein by reference in Part III of this Annual
                             Report on Form 10-KSB.


<PAGE>



                                     PART I
                                     ------

Item 1.           Business

General

         Abigail Adams National Bancorp,  Inc. (the "Company") is a bank holding
company which conducts  business through its wholly-owned  bank subsidiary,  The
Adams National Bank (the "Bank").  The Bank serves the nation's  capital through
five  full-service  offices located in Washington.  The Company's  newest branch
opened in November of 1997. At December 31, 1997,  the Company had  consolidated
assets of  $131,239,000,  deposits of $112,261,000 and  stockholders'  equity of
$13,030,000,  and reported  net income of $342,000 for the year then ended.  The
Bank  exceeds  all  regulatory  capital   requirements.   See  "Supervision  and
Regulation."

         In each of the last two years, the Bank has opened a new branch. In the
fourth  quarter of 1996, the Bank opened its branch in Dupont Circle East in the
District  of  Columbia  and in the fourth  quarter of 1997,  the Bank opened its
Chinatown branch across from the MCI Arena in the District of Columbia.

         Founded in 1977, the Bank was the first federally-chartered bank in the
United  States to be owned and  managed by women.  Originally  named The Women's
National Bank,  the Bank changed its name in 1986 to alter the  perception  that
the Bank existed  exclusively  to serve the needs of women.  Based on assets and
deposits,  management believes the Bank is the largest  women-controlled bank in
the United States.

Market Area

         The Bank draws most of its customer  deposits and conducts  most of its
lending activities from and within the Washington metropolitan region, including
suburban  Virginia and  Maryland.  The nation's  capital  attracts a significant
number of  businesses  of all  sizes,  professional  corporations  and  national
nonprofit  organizations.  The Bank actively solicits banking relationships with
these firms and organizations, as well as their professional staff, and with the
significant  population of high net worth  individuals  who live and work in the
region.

         Since  undertaking a public offering in 1996, the Company has sought to
identify  acquisitions  in neighboring  markets in Virginia and Maryland.  These
areas are experiencing  accelerating commercial growth,  especially in the areas
of  women-owned  and  high  technology  businesses.  During  1997,  the  Company
attempted  to acquire  Ballston  Bancorp,  Inc.,  parent of the Bank of Northern
Virginia,  but the  transaction  did not  receive the  required  approval by the
Company's  stockholders.  See "Strategy," below for a further discussion of that
transaction.

Services of the Bank

         The Bank  offers a full range of  banking  services  to its  customers.
While providing  financial services to a wide-ranging  customer base,  including
high net worth  individuals,  Fortune 100  corporations,  small to  medium-sized
businesses and nonprofit and other organizations, the

                                        1

<PAGE>



Bank remains  committed to assisting  women and minority  business owners obtain
access to credit.

         The following types of services are offered by the Bank:

         Commercial Services

         o        Loans,  including working capital loans and lines of credit, a
                  wide range of demand,  term and time loans, and loans for real
                  estate  land   acquisition,   development  and   construction,
                  equipment, inventory and accounts receivable financing.

         o        Cash management, including automatic overnight investment of
                  funds.

         o        Collateralized repurchase agreements.

         o        Investments, including certificates of deposit.

         o        Direct deposit of payroll.

         o        Letters of credit.

         o        ExecuBanc Business Banking, a computer accessed banking
                  service.

         Retail Services

         o        Transaction accounts, including checking and NOW accounts.

         o        Money market accounts.

         o        Overdraft checking.

         o        Certificates of deposit.

         o        Individual retirement accounts and Keogh accounts.

         o        Installment and home equity loans.

         o        Residential construction and first mortgage loans.

         o        Direct deposit.

         o        24-hour automated teller machines ("ATMs") with access to the
                  MOST(R) and  CIRRUS(R) systems.

         o        24-hour telephone banking.

                                        2

<PAGE>



         o        VISA(R) credit card services.

         o        Traveler's checks, money orders, cashier's checks and safe 
                  deposit boxes.

         o        Custodial services.

         Commercial  and consumer loans are made to  corporations,  partnerships
and  individuals,  primarily on a secured basis.  Commercial  lending focuses on
business, capital, renovation, inventory and real estate loans. Consumer lending
focuses on automobile,  home equity and personal loans made on a direct, secured
basis.  Real  estate  loans are  originated  for both  commercial  and  consumer
purposes.

         As  technological  developments  continue  to become  available  to all
banks,  large and small,  the Bank has also  enhanced its  delivery  systems and
reached beyond its branch network to access customers on a cost-effective  basis
through  technological  means.  The Bank has developed its own  electronic  site
(home page) on the Internet  (World Wide Web).  Management  believes that use of
electronic media such as the Internet will allow the Bank to further enhance its
image in its target market and identify future prospects for electronic and home
banking  services.  During  January 1998,  the Bank undertook a pilot program to
offer  customers the ability to pay certain bills by personal  computer.  During
1998,  the Bank plans to offer this  service to all of its  customers.  The Bank
currently offers its retail customers 24-hour banking by means of an interactive
voice response system activated by a touch-tone phone which enables customers to
access account  information  and transfer  funds.  The Company also maintains an
integrated PC- based server network system that provides  immediate  interaction
among  all  operating   functions  of  the  Bank,   thereby  enhancing  internal
communications and customer service.

         The Bank contracts with an outside firm to provide data  processing and
back-room  operations.   The  enhanced  resources  provided  by  this  firm,  in
conjunction with the Bank's internal data management system,  enable the Bank to
provide a high level of customer service while effectively  managing its growth.
The Bank has reviewed its data processing  systems  provided by its outside data
processor,  as well as computer applications which are used in-house to identify
systems  which could be affected by the "Year 2000" issue and has  developed  an
approach to address the issue.  The Year 2000  problem is the result of computer
programs  being  written  using  two  digits  rather  than  four to  define  the
applicable  year. Any of the programs used by the Bank that have  time-sensitive
software  may  recognize a date using "00" as the year 1900 rather than the year
2000. This could result in major  miscalculations  or system  failure.  To date,
representations  have been received from the Bank's primary  processing  vendors
that their systems already  adequately address the Year 2000 issue or that plans
have been  developed  to address the issue.  However,  the Year 2000  problem is
pervasive and complex,  and virtually every computer  operation will be affected
in some way. Consequently, no assurance can be given that unforeseen problems in
the computer systems used by the Bank and its software maintained by third party
providers,  will not have a  material  impact on the  Bank's  ability to conduct
business.  The Bank's  contract  with its primary  outside  data  processor  was
renewed  in 1997 for one year  and is now  scheduled  to  expire  in the  second
quarter of 1998. While the Bank is presently considering renewal options as well
as other

                                        3

<PAGE>



state-of-the-art data processing alternatives,  the Bank will only consider data
processing systems which can appropriately address the Year 2000 issue.

         The Bank's  customers,  including  its  borrowers,  are also faced with
potential Year 2000 problems.  Through its Loan Committee, the Bank has analyzed
its  customer  base to  determine  which  types of  customers  are  likely to be
affected and has adopted  procedures to inquire of those borrowers  whether they
are taking steps to address the problem. The failure of its borrowers to resolve
the problem could adversely  affect their operations and impair their ability to
repay their loans to the Bank. Therefore,  even if the Bank adequately addresses
its own Year 2000 problems,  it could  nevertheless  be materially and adversely
affected  if its  borrowers  do not also  successfully  resolve  their Year 2000
problems.  Incremental  expenses for the Bank to address the Year 2000 issue are
not expected to materially impact operating results in any one period.

Strategy

         The  Company's  strategy  is to  provide a high  level of  personalized
service  and quality  products  to  customers  within the  community  it serves,
through its experienced staff. In addition,  the Company seeks to diversify both
its  market  area  and  asset  base  while  increasing   profitability   through
acquisitions and expansion.  Management  believes that it possesses  substantial
expertise in lending to groups traditionally underserved by the banking industry
and that these capabilities could be leveraged by making strategic acquisitions.

         Upon the  unanimous  approval of the Company's  Board of Directors,  in
June 1997,  the Company  entered into an agreement  ("Agreement")  with Ballston
Bancorp,  Inc.  ("Ballston") to purchase Ballston for a price equal to 1.8 times
Ballston's book value at March 31, 1997, subject to certain  adjustments,  to be
paid 50% in the  Company's  stock  and 50% in cash.  In late  October,  1997,  a
director of the Company,  Marshall T. Reynolds,  advised the Company's  Board of
Directors  that he would not support the  acquisition  of Ballston,  despite his
earlier vote as a director supporting the transaction.  At the Company's Special
Meeting of  Shareholders  held on December 31, 1997, the acquisition of Ballston
was not approved by the  shareholders.  In March 1998,  Ballston  Bancorp,  Inc.
entered into an  agreement  to sell for $5.5  million  more than  Abigail  Adams
National Bancorp had agreed to pay.

         Although  the  Company  intends  to  continue  to  explore  acquisition
opportunities  and to hold discussions with potential merger  candidates  should
opportunities  arise,  no banks  have  been  identified  as  probable  merger or
acquisition  candidates.  No  assurance  can be given  that any such  merger  or
acquisition candidates will be identified or that any merger or acquisition will
be consummated.

         The  Company  also  considers  establishing  branches  as  a  means  of
expanding  its presence in current or new market  areas.  In January  1997,  the
Company  signed a lease to open a fifth branch,  in  Washington.  This branch in
Chinatown  across from the MCI Arena,  opened in November  1997. No new branches
are under consideration at this time.

         In 1992, the Company initiated a strategy to expand through acquisition
by  purchasing  from the  FDIC  and the  Resolution  Trust  Corporation  insured
deposits and certain performing

                                        4

<PAGE>



loans of  financial  institutions  which were  placed into  receivership  in the
Washington  metropolitan  region. The Company was the successful bidder on three
such  purchases,  one in each of 1992,  1993 and  1994.  In  1992,  the  Company
purchased  insured  deposits  and certain  performing  loans from the FDIC for a
premium  of  $1,000.  In  addition,  the  Company  was  entitled  to any  future
recoveries  received on loans  charged off prior to the bid date for the sale of
the loans.  As of December 31, 1997,  $152,000 in  recoveries on such loans have
been received. The Company also purchased certain performing loans from the FDIC
at discounted  prices of 96.2% and 96.9% of the outstanding loan amounts in 1993
and 1994, respectively.

         As disclosed herein in Item 3, it is likely that the composition of the
Board of  Directors  will  change in 1998 as a result of the  efforts of certain
stockholders, including three current directors, to remove four other directors.
A new board is likely to develop and implement its own strategies, which are not
known to present management.

Lending Activities

         The Bank provides a range of commercial and retail lending  services to
individuals,  small  to  medium-sized  businesses,   professional  corporations,
nonprofits and other organizations.  These services include, but are not limited
to,  commercial  business loans,  residential real estate loans,  renovation and
mortgage loans, loan participations,  consumer loans,  revolving lines of credit
and  letters of credit,  with an  emphasis on  commercial  real estate  lending.
Consumer lending focuses on automobile, home equity and personal loans made on a
direct,  secured basis. Real estate loans are originated for both commercial and
consumer  purposes.  As of December  31, 1997,  approximately  66% of the Bank's
total loan  portfolio was  comprised of loans with  interest  rates which either
float or adjust on an annual basis. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Analysis of Loans."

         The Bank markets its services to  qualified  lending  customers in both
the commercial and consumer  sectors,  including small  businesses and nonprofit
organizations.  The Bank offers  SBA-guaranteed loans which provide better terms
and more flexible repayment  schedules than conventional  financing.  Management
believes that making such loans helps the local  community and provides the Bank
with  attractive  returns  with  minimal  risk,  as the majority of each loan is
guaranteed by the SBA, and solid future lending relationships as such businesses
grow and prosper. As lending requirements of small businesses grow to exceed the
Bank's lending limit, the Bank has the ability to sell  participations  in these
larger  loans to other  financial  institutions.  The Bank  believes  that  such
participations  will help to preserve  lending  relationships  while providing a
high level of customer service. As of December 31, 1997 and 1996, commercial and
real estate SBA loans totaled $2,264,000 and $3,134,000, respectively.

         The Bank provides financing to nonprofit organizations for construction
and  renovation  of local  headquarters  offices and other  facilities,  working
capital lines of credit and equipment financing.  Current nonprofit customers of
the Bank  include  organizations  which focus on issues  relating to  children's
rights,  community housing,  education and health care. At December 31, 1997 and
1996, commercial and real estate loans to these customers totaled $1,996,000 and
$1,497,000, respectively.


                                        5

<PAGE>



         Commercial  and real estate  lending is performed by the Bank's Lending
Division,  which is comprised of five loan  officers and a credit  analyst.  The
Treasury Division  includes the Loan Operations staff of three,  responsible for
preparing loan documents,  recording and processing new loans and loan payments,
ensuring compliance with regulatory  requirements,  and working with the Lending
Division,  in order to ensure the timely receipt of all initial and ongoing loan
documentation  and the prompt  reporting of any  exceptions.  Credit analysis on
loans is performed by either  individual  loan  officers or the credit  analyst,
using a sophisticated credit analysis computer program,  which provides not only
the flexibility  necessary to analyze loans but also the structure  necessary to
ensure that all documentation requirements are appropriately met.

         Policies and  procedures  have been  established by the Bank to promote
safe and sound  lending.  Loan  officers  have  individual  lending  authorities
established  based on both their  seniority and  experience.  Loans in excess of
individual  officers'  lending  limits  are  presented  to  the  Officers'  Loan
Committee ("OLC"), which meets weekly, and is comprised of all loan officers and
the President of the Bank. While a maximum of three loan officers may pool their
loan authorities to approve a loan, most loans over $100,000 are brought to this
Committee.  The OLC has authority to approve  unsecured loans up to $250,000 and
secured loans up to $500,000. Loans over $250,000 on an unsecured basis and over
$500,000 on a secured basis are brought to the Executive Loan Committee ("ELC"),
which meets  approximately  twice per month. The ELC is comprised of two outside
directors  and the  President of the Bank.  In addition to approving  new loans,
this  Committee  approves the  restructuring  of loans it  originally  approved,
reviews past due loans and approves charge-offs.

         Commercial Lending

         The Bank provides a wide range of commercial business loans,  including
lines of credit for working capital  purposes and term loans for the acquisition
of equipment  and other  purposes.  In most cases,  the Bank has  collateralized
these  loans  and/or  taken  personal   guarantees  to  help  assure  repayment.
Collateral for these loans generally  includes accounts  receivable,  inventory,
equipment and real estate.  Terms of commercial  business loans  generally range
from three  months to five  years.  These  loans often  require  that  borrowers
maintain  certain  levels of deposits  with the Bank as  compensating  balances.
Commercial  business  lending  generally  involves greater risk than residential
mortgage  lending and involves  risks that are different  from those  associated
with  residential,  commercial and  multi-family  real estate lending.  Although
commercial  business loans are often  collateralized by real estate,  equipment,
inventory,  accounts  receivable or other business  assets,  the  liquidation of
collateral in the event of a borrower  default is often not a sufficient  source
of repayment  because accounts  receivable may be uncollectible  and inventories
and equipment may be obsolete or of limited use, among other things. The primary
repayment  risk for  commercial  loans is the  failure  of the  business  due to
economic or  financial  factors.  As of December  31, 1997 and 1996,  commercial
loans totaled $38,980,000 and $39,419,000, respectively.


                                        6

<PAGE>



         Real Estate Lending

         At December  31, 1997 and 1996,  the Bank's real estate loan  portfolio
consisted  of  commercial  real  estate  mortgages   totaling   $38,627,000  and
$24,840,000,  respectively,  and  residential  real  estate  mortgages  totaling
$1,981,000  and  $2,631,000,  respectively.  The  majority  of these  loans  are
amortizing variable rate or annually repricing mortgage loans.

         The majority of the $4,231,000 in loans  classified as construction and
land  development  loans at  December  31,  1997 in the  Consolidated  Financial
Statements,   are  primarily  for  construction  and  renovation  of  commercial
properties.  Construction  financing generally is considered to involve a higher
degree of risk of loss than  long-term  financing  on  improved,  occupied  real
estate.  Multi-family  and commercial  real estate lending  entails  significant
additional  risks as compared to one- to four-family  residential  lending.  For
example, such loans typically involve large loans to single borrowers or related
borrowers,  the payment  experience on such loans is typically  dependent on the
successful  operation  of the  project,  and these  risks  can be  significantly
affected  by the  supply  and demand  conditions  in the  market for  commercial
property and multi-family  residential  units. To minimize these risks, the Bank
limits the aggregate  amount of outstanding  construction  loans,  and generally
makes  such loans only in its  market  area and to  borrowers  with which it has
substantial  experience or who are  otherwise  well known to the Bank. It is the
Bank's current  practice to obtain  personal  guarantees  and current  financial
statements from all principals  obtaining commercial real estate loans. The Bank
also  obtains   appraisals  on  each  property  in  accordance  with  applicable
regulations.

         Consumer Lending

         The Bank's consumer  lending  includes loans for motor  vehicles,  home
improvement,  home  equity  and small  personal  credit  lines.  Consumer  loans
generally involve more risk than first mortgage  residential and commercial real
estate loans.  Repossessed  collateral  for a defaulted  loan may not provide an
adequate  source of  repayment  of the  outstanding  loan balance as a result of
damage,  loss or  depreciation,  and the  remaining  deficiency  often  does not
warrant  further  substantial   collection  efforts  against  the  borrower.  In
addition,  loan collections are dependent on the borrower's continuing financial
stability. Further, the application of various federal and state laws, including
federal and state bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount which can
be recovered.  In underwriting consumer loans, the Bank considers the borrower's
credit history,  an analysis of the borrower's  income,  expenses and ability to
repay the loan and the value of the collateral.

         During 1994, the Bank entered the credit card market by issuing its own
VISA(R)  card at  competitive  rates and with no annual fee.  The credit card is
offered to both new and existing  customers as well as corporate  accounts,  and
provides various cardmember  benefits,  including frequent flyer miles.  Through
its credit card  services,  the Bank hopes to  increase  profits and augment its
cross-selling opportunities by increasing its marketing base. As of December 31,
1997 and 1996, consumer loans totaled $1,763,000 and $2,203,000, respectively.


                                        7

<PAGE>



Competition

         The Bank faces  strong  competition  among  financial  institutions  in
Washington, Northern Virginia and suburban Maryland for both deposits and loans.
Principal  competitors  include  other  community  commercial  banks and  larger
financial  institutions  with  branches  in the  Bank's  service  area.  Intense
competition is expected to continue as bank mergers and  acquisitions of smaller
banks by  larger  institutions  in the  Washington  metropolitan  region  may be
expected to continue for the foreseeable future.

         The primary  factors in competing  for  deposits  are  interest  rates,
personalized services, the quality and range of financial services,  convenience
of office  locations and office hours.  Competition for deposits comes primarily
from other commercial banks, savings  associations,  credit unions, money market
funds and other  investment  alternatives.  The primary factors in competing for
loans are  interest  rates,  loan  origination  fees,  the  quality and range of
lending  services  and  personalized  services.   Competition  for  loans  comes
primarily from other commercial banks,  savings  associations,  mortgage banking
firms,  credit  unions  and  other  financial  intermediaries.  The  Bank  faces
competition  for  deposits and loans  throughout  its market areas not only from
local  institutions but also from out-of-state  financial  intermediaries  which
have  opened loan  production  offices or which  solicit  deposits in its market
areas. Many of the financial intermediaries operating in the Bank's market areas
offer certain  services,  such as trust,  investment and  international  banking
services,  which  the Bank  does not  offer.  Additionally,  banks  with  larger
capitalization  and  financial  intermediaries  not  subject to bank  regulatory
restrictions  have larger lending limits and are thereby able to serve the needs
of larger customers.

         In order to compete with other financial services  providers,  the Bank
principally  relies upon local promotional  activities,  personal  relationships
established  by  officers,  directors  and  employees  with its  customers,  and
specialized  services  tailored to meet its customers' needs. In those instances
where  the Bank is unable  to  accommodate  a  customer's  needs,  the Bank will
arrange for those services to be provided by its correspondents.

Employees

         At December 31, 1997, the Company employed 50 people on a full time and
none on a part time basis.  The  employees  are not  represented  by a union and
management believes that its relations with its employees are good.

Supervision and Regulation

         Banking is a business that depends on rate  differentials.  In general,
the  difference  between the interest  rate paid by the Bank on its deposits and
its  other  borrowings  and the  interest  rate  received  by the  Bank on loans
extended to its customers and securities held in the Bank's  portfolio  comprise
the major portion of the Company's earnings. These rates are highly sensitive to
many factors that are beyond the control of the Bank. Accordingly,  the earnings
and growth of the Company are subject to the  influence  of domestic and foreign
economic conditions, including inflation, recession and unemployment.

                                        8

<PAGE>



         The  commercial  banking  business  is not  only  affected  by  general
economic  conditions but is also  influenced by the monetary and fiscal policies
of the federal government and the policies of regulatory agencies,  particularly
the  Federal  Reserve  Board.  The Federal  Reserve  Board  implements  national
monetary  policies  (with  objectives  such as curbing  inflation  and combating
recession) by its  open-market  operations  in U.S.  Government  securities,  by
adjusting the required level of reserves for financial  institutions  subject to
its  reserve  requirements  and by varying  the  discount  rates  applicable  to
borrowings by depository institutions.  The actions of the Federal Reserve Board
in these areas influence the growth of bank loans,  investments and deposits and
also affect interest rates charged on loans and paid on deposits. The nature and
impact of any future changes in monetary policies cannot be predicted.

         Bank holding  companies and banks are extensively  regulated under both
federal  and state  law.  Set forth  below is a summary  description  of certain
provisions of certain laws which relate to the regulation of the Company and the
Bank.  The  description  does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its
entirety by reference to the applicable laws and regulations.

The Company

         The  Company,  as a  registered  bank  holding  company,  is subject to
regulation  under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the "BHCA").
Such regulations  include prior approval of Company affiliates and subsidiaries.
The Company is required to file  quarterly  reports and annual  reports with the
Federal  Reserve Board and such  additional  information as the Federal  Reserve
Board may require  pursuant to the BHCA.  The Federal  Reserve Board may conduct
examinations of the Company and its subsidiaries.

         The Federal  Reserve  Board may require  that the Company  terminate an
activity or terminate control of or liquidate or divest certain  subsidiaries or
affiliates  when the Federal  Reserve Board believes the activity or the control
of the subsidiary or affiliate  constitutes a significant  risk to the financial
safety,  soundness or stability of any of its banking subsidiaries.  The Federal
Reserve  Board also has the  authority  to regulate  provisions  of certain bank
holding  company  debt,  including  authority  to impose  interest  ceilings and
reserve requirements on such debt. Under certain circumstances, the Company must
file written notice and obtain  approval from the Federal Reserve Board prior to
purchasing or redeeming its equity securities.

         Under the BHCA and regulations  adopted by the Federal Reserve Board, a
bank  holding  company  and its  nonbanking  subsidiaries  are  prohibited  from
requiring  certain  tie-in  arrangements  in  connection  with any  extension of
credit,  lease or sale of property  or  furnishing  of  services.  Further,  the
Company is required by the Federal  Reserve Board to maintain  certain levels of
capital.

         The  Company is  required  to obtain the prior  approval of the Federal
Reserve Board for the acquisition of more than 5% of the  outstanding  shares of
any class of voting securities or substantially all of the assets of any bank or
bank  holding  company.  Prior  approval  of the Federal  Reserve  Board is also
required for the merger or consolidation of the Company and another bank holding
company.

                                        9

<PAGE>



         The Company is  prohibited by the BHCA,  except in certain  statutorily
prescribed instances,  from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of
more than 5% of the outstanding  voting shares of any company that is not a bank
or bank holding  company and from engaging  directly or indirectly in activities
other  than  those of  banking,  managing  or  controlling  banks or  furnishing
services  to its  subsidiaries.  However,  the  Company,  subject  to the  prior
approval of the Federal Reserve Board, may engage in any activities,  or acquire
shares of companies engaged in activities that are deemed by the Federal Reserve
Board to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to
be a proper incident thereto.

         Under Federal  Reserve  Board  regulations,  a bank holding  company is
required  to serve as a source  of  financial  and  managerial  strength  to its
subsidiary  banks and may not  conduct  its  operations  in an unsafe or unsound
manner. In addition, it is the Federal Reserve Board's policy that in serving as
a source of strength to its  subsidiary  banks,  a bank holding  company  should
stand ready to use available  resources to provide adequate capital funds to its
subsidiary  banks  during  periods of financial  stress or adversity  and should
maintain  the  financial  flexibility  and  capital-raising  capacity  to obtain
additional  resources  for  assisting  its  subsidiary  banks.  A  bank  holding
company's  failure to meet its  obligations  to serve as a source of strength to
its subsidiary  banks will generally be considered by the Federal  Reserve Board
to be an unsafe and  unsound  banking  practice  or a  violation  of the Federal
Reserve  Board's  regulations  or both.  This  doctrine  has become known as the
"source of strength"  doctrine.  The validity of the source of strength doctrine
has been and is  likely  to  continue  to be the  subject  of  litigation  until
definitively resolved by the courts or by Congress.

The Bank

         The Bank,  as a  national  banking  association,  is subject to primary
supervision,  examination  and  regulation  by the OCC.  If,  as a result  of an
examination of the Bank, the OCC should determine that the financial  condition,
capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects,  management,  liquidity or
other aspects of the Bank's  operations are  unsatisfactory  or that the Bank or
its  management  is violating or has  violated  any law or  regulation,  various
remedies are  available to the OCC.  Such  remedies  include the power to enjoin
"unsafe or unsound  practices,"  to require  affirmative  action to correct  any
conditions resulting from any violation of law or unsafe or unsound practice, to
issue an  administrative  order that can be  judicially  enforced,  to direct an
increase  in  capital,  to  restrict  the  growth of the Bank,  to assess  civil
monetary penalties,  and to remove officers and directors.  The FDIC has similar
enforcement  authority,  in  addition  to its  authority  to  terminate a Bank's
deposit insurance, in the absence of action by the OCC and upon a finding that a
Bank is in an unsafe or  unsound  condition,  is  engaging  in unsafe or unsound
activities,  or that its conduct poses a risk to the deposit  insurance  fund or
may  prejudice  the interest of its  depositors.  The Bank is not subject to any
such actions by the OCC or the FDIC.

         The  deposits  of the Bank are insured by the FDIC in the manner and to
the extent  provided by law.  For this  protection,  the Bank pays a  semiannual
statutory  assessment.  See  "Premiums  for Deposit  Insurance."  Various  other
requirements  and  restrictions  under the laws of the United  States affect the
operations of the Bank.  Federal statutes and regulations relate to many aspects
of the Bank's operations,  including  reserves against deposits,  interest rates
payable on deposits, loans, investments,  mergers and acquisitions,  borrowings,
dividends, locations of

                                       10

<PAGE>



branch offices,  capital  requirements and disclosure  obligations to depositors
and  borrowers.  Further,  the Bank is required to  maintain  certain  levels of
capital. See "Capital Standards."

         Restrictions on Transfers of Funds to the Company by the Bank

         The Company is a legal entity  separate and distinct from the Bank. The
Company's  ability to pay cash  dividends  is limited by Delaware  state law. In
addition,  the  prior  approval  of the  OCC is  required  if the  total  of all
dividends  declared  by the Bank in any  calendar  year  exceeds  the Bank's net
profits (as  defined) for that year  combined  with its retained net profits (as
defined) for the preceding two years, less any transfers to surplus.

         The OCC also has  authority  to  prohibit  the Bank  from  engaging  in
activities that, in the OCC's opinion, constitute unsafe or unsound practices in
conducting its business. It is possible,  depending upon the financial condition
of the bank in question  and other  factors,  that the OCC could assert that the
payment of dividends or other payments might, under some circumstances,  be such
an unsafe or unsound  practice.  Further,  the OCC and the Federal Reserve Board
have  established  guidelines  with respect to the  maintenance  of  appropriate
levels of capital by banks or bank holding  companies under their  jurisdiction.
Compliance with the standards set forth in such guidelines and the  restrictions
that are or may be imposed  under the prompt  corrective  action  provisions  of
federal  law could limit the amount of  dividends  which the Bank or the Company
may  pay.  See  "Prompt  Corrective  Regulatory  Action  and  Other  Enforcement
Mechanisms"  and  "Capital  Standards"  for a  discussion  of  these  additional
restrictions on capital distributions.

         The Bank is subject to certain  restrictions  imposed by federal law on
any  extensions of credit to, or the issuance of a guarantee or letter of credit
on behalf of, the Company or other affiliates, the purchase of or investments in
stock or other securities  thereof,  the taking of such securities as collateral
for loans and the  purchase of assets of the Company or other  affiliates.  Such
restrictions  prevent the Company and such other  affiliates from borrowing from
the Bank unless the loans are secured by  marketable  obligations  of designated
amounts.  Further,  such secured loans and  investments by the Bank to or in the
Company or to or in any other  affiliate is limited to 10% of the Bank's capital
and surplus  (as  defined by federal  regulations)  and such  secured  loans and
investments  are limited,  in the  aggregate,  to 20% of the Bank's  capital and
surplus  (as  defined  by  federal  regulations).   Additional  restrictions  on
transactions  with  affiliates  may be  imposed  on the Bank  under  the  prompt
corrective action  provisions of federal law. See "Prompt  Corrective Action and
Other Enforcement Mechanisms."

         Capital Standards

         The Federal Reserve Board and the OCC have adopted  risk-based  minimum
capital  guidelines  intended to provide a measure of capital that  reflects the
degree of risk  associated  with a banking  organization's  operations  for both
transactions  reported on the balance sheet as assets and transactions,  such as
letters of credit and recourse  arrangements,  which are recorded as off balance
sheet items. Under these guidelines, nominal dollar amounts of assets and credit
equivalent  amounts of off balance sheet items are  multiplied by one of several
risk  adjustment  percentages,  which  range from 0% for assets  with low credit
risk,  such as  certain  U.S.  Treasury  securities,  to 100%  for  assets  with
relatively high credit risk, such as business loans.

                                       11

<PAGE>



         A banking  organization's  risk-based  capital  ratios are  obtained by
dividing  its  qualifying  capital  by  its  total  risk  adjusted  assets.  The
regulators measure  risk-adjusted assets, which include off balance sheet items,
against  both total  qualifying  capital  (the sum of Tier 1 capital and limited
amounts of Tier 2 capital) and Tier 1 capital. Tier 1 capital consists primarily
of common stock,  retained  earnings,  noncumulative  perpetual  preferred stock
(cumulative  perpetual  preferred stock for bank holding companies) and minority
interests in certain  subsidiaries,  less most intangible assets. Tier 2 capital
may consist of a limited  amount of the  allowance  for possible  loan and lease
losses,  cumulative  preferred stock,  long-term preferred stock,  eligible term
subordinated  debt and certain other  instruments with some  characteristics  of
equity.  The inclusion of elements of Tier 2 capital is subject to certain other
requirements  and  limitations  of the  federal  banking  agencies.  The federal
banking  agencies  require  a  minimum  ratio of  qualifying  total  capital  to
risk-adjusted   assets  of  8%  and  a  minimum  ratio  of  Tier  1  capital  to
risk-adjusted  assets of 4%. In addition to the risk-based  guidelines,  federal
banking regulators require banking organizations to maintain a minimum amount of
Tier 1 capital to total assets, referred to as the leverage ratio.

         Only a  well-capitalized  depository  institution  may accept  brokered
deposits  without  prior  regulatory  approval.   Under  FDIC  regulations,   an
institution  is  generally  considered  "well  capitalized"  if it  has a  total
risk-based  capital ratio of at least 10%, a Tier 1 risk-based  capital ratio of
at least 6%, and a Tier 1 capital  (leverage)  ratio of at least 5%. Federal law
generally  requires  full-scope  on-site  annual  examinations  of  all  insured
depository  institutions  by the  appropriate  federal  bank  regulatory  agency
although,   the   examination   may   occur  at  longer   intervals   for  small
well-capitalized or state chartered banks.

         Federally  supervised  banks and  savings  associations  are  currently
required to report deferred tax assets in accordance with SFAS No. 109. See Note
8 of the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements.  The  federal  banking
agencies issued final rules,  effective April 1, 1995, which limit the amount of
deferred tax assets that are allowable in computing an institution's  regulatory
capital. The standard has been in effect on an interim basis since March 1993.

         The current  risk-based  capital  ratio  analysis  establishes  minimum
supervisory guidelines and standards. It does not evaluate all factors affecting
an organization's  financial condition.  Factors which are not evaluated include
(i) overall  interest rate exposure;  (ii) quality and level of earnings;  (iii)
investment  or  loan  portfolio  concentrations;   (iv)  quality  of  loans  and
investments; (v) the effectiveness of loan and investment policies; (vi) certain
risks arising from  nontraditional  activities  and (vii)  management's  overall
ability to monitor and control other  financial and operating  risks,  inclduing
the risks presented by concentrations of credit and  nontraditional  activities.
The capital  adequacy  assessment  of federal  bank  regulators  will,  however,
continue to include analyses of the foregoing  considerations and in particular,
the level and  severity  of problem  and  classified  assets.  Market  risk of a
banking organization -- risk of loss stemming from movements in market prices --
is not evaluated  under the current  risk-based  capital ratio  analysis (and is
therefore  analyzed by the bank  regulators  through a general  assessment of an
organization's captial adequacy) unless trading activities constitute 10 percent
of $1 billion or more of the assets of such  organization.  Such an organization
(unless   exempted  by  the  banking   regulators)  and  certain  other  banking
organization  designated by the banking regulators must,  beginning on or before
January 1, 1998, include in its risk-based capital ratio analysis charges

                                       12

<PAGE>



for, and hold capital against,  general market risk of all positions held in its
trading  account  and of  foreign  exchange  and  commodity  positions  wherever
located,  as well as against specific risk of debt and equity positions  located
in its trading account.  Currently,  the Company does not calculate a risk-based
capital charge for its market risk.

         Future  changes in  regulations  or practices  could further reduce the
amount of capital  recognized  for purposes of capital  adequacy.  Such a change
could  affect the ability of the Bank to grow and could  restrict  the amount of
profits, if any, available for the payment of dividends.

         Prompt Corrective Action and Other Enforcement Mechanisms

         Federal  law  requires  each  federal  banking  agency  to take  prompt
corrective  action to resolve the problems of insured  depository  institutions,
including  but not  limited  to those  that fall  below  one or more  prescribed
minimum  capital  ratios.  The law  requires  each  federal  banking  agency  to
promulgate  regulations  defining  the  following  five  categories  in which an
insured depository institution will be placed, based on the level of its capital
ratios:   well   capitalized,    adequately    capitalized,    undercapitalized,
significantly  undercapitalized  and critically  undercapitalized.  In September
1992, the federal banking agencies issued uniform final regulations implementing
the prompt corrective action provisions of federal law.

         An institution  that,  based upon its capital levels,  is classified as
"well  capitalized,"  "adequately  capitalized"  or  "undercapitalized"  may  be
treated as though it were in the next lower capital  category if the appropriate
federal  banking agency,  after notice and  opportunity for hearing,  determines
that an unsafe or unsound  condition or an unsafe or unsound  practice  warrants
such treatment. At each successive lower capital category, an insured depository
institution  is subject to more  restrictions.  The  federal  banking  agencies,
however,  may not treat an institution as "critically  undercapitalized"  unless
its capital ratio actually warrants such treatment.

         In addition to  restrictions  and  sanctions  imposed  under the prompt
corrective action provisions, commercial banking organizations may be subject to
potential  enforcement  actions by the federal  regulators for unsafe or unsound
practices in conducting  their  businesses or for  violations of any law,  rule,
regulation  or any  condition  imposed in  writing by the agency or any  written
agreement with the agency.  Enforcement  actions may include the imposition of a
conservator  or  receiver,  the issuance of a cease and desist order that can be
judicially enforced,  the termination of insurance of deposits (in the case of a
depository  institution),  the imposition of civil money penalties, the issuance
of  directives  to  increase  capital,  the  issuance  of  formal  and  informal
agreements,   the   issuance  of  removal   and   prohibition   orders   against
institution-affiliated  parties  and the  enforcement  of such  actions  through
injunctions or restraining  orders based upon a judicial  determination that the
agency would be harmed if such equitable relief was not granted.

         Safety and Soundness Standards

         In July 1995, the federal  banking  agencies  adopted final  guidelines
establishing  standards  for  safety and  soundness.  The  guidelines  set forth
operational and managerial standards relating to internal controls,  information
systems and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit

                                       13

<PAGE>



underwriting,  interest rate exposure,  asset growth and compensation,  fees and
benefits. Guidelines for asset quality and earnings standards will be adopted in
the future. The guidelines establish the safety and soundness standards that the
agencies  will use to  identify  and  address  problems  at  insured  depository
institutions before capital becomes impaired.  If an institution fails to comply
with a safety and soundness standard, the appropriate federal banking agency may
require  the  institution  to  submit a  compliance  plan.  Failure  to submit a
compliance  plan or to  implement  an  accepted  plan may result in  enforcement
action.

         Premiums for Deposit Insurance

         Federal law has  established  several  mechanisms to increase  funds to
protect deposits insured by the Bank Insurance Fund ("BIF")  administered by the
FDIC.  The FDIC is authorized to borrow up to $30 billion from the United States
Treasury;  up to 90% of the fair market value of assets of institutions acquired
by the FDIC as receiver from the Federal  Financing  Bank;  and from  depository
institutions  that are members of the BIF.  Any  borrowings  not repaid by asset
sales  are  to  be  repaid  through   insurance   premiums  assessed  to  member
institutions.  The result of these  provisions  is that the  assessment  rate on
deposits  of BIF  members  could  increase  in the  future.  The  FDIC  also has
authority to impose special assessments against insured deposits.

         The FDIC implemented a final risk-based  assessment  system,  effective
January 1, 1994, under which an institution's premium assessment is based on the
probability  that the deposit  insurance  fund will incur a loss with respect to
the  institution,  the likely amount of any such loss,  and the revenue needs of
the deposit insurance fund. On August 8, 1995, the FDIC issued final regulations
adopting an  assessment  rate  schedule  for BIF members of 4 to 31 basis points
effective  on June 1, 1995.  On November  14,  1995,  the FDIC  further  reduced
deposit insurance  premiums to a range of 0 to 27 basis points effective for the
semi-annual  period  beginning  January  1,  1996.  The FDIC has since  acted to
continue this range of assessment rates through December 31, 1997.

         Under the risk-based  assessment  system, a BIF member institution such
as  the  Bank  is  categorized  into  one  of  three  capital  categories  (well
capitalized,  adequately  capitalized,  and  undercapitalized)  and one of three
categories based on supervisory evaluations by its primary federal regulator (in
the Bank's case, the FDIC). The three  supervisory  categories are:  financially
sound with only a few minor weaknesses (Group A),  demonstrates  weaknesses that
could result in  significant  deterioration  (Group B), and poses a  substantial
probability  of loss  (Group C). The  capital  ratios used by the FDIC to define
well-capitalized,  adequately  capitalized and  undercapitalized are the same in
the FDIC's prompt corrective action regulations.

         Since  the  Bank  is  considered   well-capitalized   under  regulatory
standards  and met certain  other  criteria  during  1997,  the Bank,  as a Bank
Insurance  Fund Member,  paid a Financing  Corporation  ("FICO")  assessment  of
approximately  $12,000 under the Deposit Insurance Fund Act of 1996, which is an
assessment separate from and in addition to deposit insurance premiums. The Bank
was not required to pay a deposit insurance premium for 1997.

         In addition to the payment of deposit insurance assessments, depository
institutions are required to make quarterly  assessment  payments to the FDIC on
their BIF assessable deposits,

                                       14

<PAGE>



which will be paid FICO to enable it to pay interest and certain other  expenses
on  bonds  which  it  issued  pursuant  to the  Financing  Institutions  Reform,
Recovery,  and Enforcement Act of 1989, as amended, to facilitate the resolution
of failed  savings  associations.  Pursuant to the  Federal  Home Loan Bank Act,
FICO,  with the approval of the FDIC,  establishes  assessment  rates based upon
estimates of (i) expected operating expenses,  case resolution  expenditures and
income of FICO;  (ii) the  effect of  assessments  upon  members'  earnings  and
capital;  and (iii) any other factors deemed appropriate by it. Assessment rates
for 1997 were set at 1.28 basis  points  annually for  BIF-assessable  deposits,
subject to quarterly review and adjustment.

         Community Reinvestment Act

         The Bank is subject to the provisions of the Community Reinvestment Act
("CRA")  which  requires  banks to assess and help meet the credit  needs of the
community in which the bank operates. The OCC examines the Bank to determine its
level of compliance with CRA. The OCC and the Federal Reserve Board are required
to  consider  the  level of CRA  compliance  when  regulatory  applications  are
reviewed.

         Interstate Banking and Branching

         Under the Riegel-Neal  Interstate Banking and Branching  Efficiency Act
of 1994, as amended (the "Interstate Act"), beginning one year after the date of
enactment, a bank holding company that is adequately capitalized and managed may
obtain  approval  under the BHCA to acquire an existing  bank located in another
state generally without regard to state law prohibitions on such acquisitions. A
bank holding company would not be permitted to make such an acquisition if, upon
consummation, it would control (a) more than 10% of the total amount of deposits
of insured  depository  institutions  in the United States or (b) 30% or more of
the  deposits in the state in which the bank is  located.  A state may limit the
percentage  of total  deposits that may be held in that state by any one bank or
bank holding  company if application of such  limitation  does not  discriminate
against out-of-state banks. An out-of-state bank holding company may not acquire
a state  bank in  existence  for less than a minimum  length of time that may be
prescribed by state law except that a state may not impose more than a five year
existence  requirement.  Since  June 1,  1997  (and  prior to that  date in some
instances),  banks have been able to expand across state lines where  qualifying
legislation  adopted  by  certain  states  prior  to that  date  prohibits  such
interstate  expansion.  Banks may also expand  across  state  lines  through the
acquisition  of an  individual  branch of a bank  located  in  another  state or
through the  establishment of a de novo branch in another state where the law of
the state in which the  branch is to be  acquired  or  established  specifically
authorizes such acquisition or de novo branch establishment.

Factors Affecting Future Results

         In  addition  to  historical  information,  this Form  10-KSB  includes
certain forward looking  statements that involve risks and uncertainties such as
statements  of the  Company's  plans,  expectations  and unknown  outcomes.  The
Company's actual results could differ  materially from management  expectations.
Factors that could contribute to those differences  include, but are not limited
to, general economic conditions, legislative and regulatory changes, monetary

                                       15

<PAGE>



and fiscal policies of the federal  government,  changes in tax policies,  rates
and regulations of federal and local tax authorities, changes in interest rates,
deposit flows, the cost of funds, demand for loan products, demand for financial
services, competition,  changes in the quality or composition of the Bank's loan
and investment portfolios, changes in ownership status resulting in, among other
things,  the loss of eligibility for  participation  in government and corporate
programs for minority and women-owned banks, uncertainties with respect to costs
which the Company may incur as result of  litigation  against Mr.  Reynolds  and
certain related stockholders (the "Reynolds Group"),  uncertainties with respect
to policies and strategies  undertaken and costs incurred  following a change in
control,  changes in accounting  principles,  policies or guidelines,  and other
economic,  competitive,  governmental and  technological  factors  affecting the
Company's operations, markets, products, services and prices.


Item 2.           Properties.

         The principal  executive  offices of the Company and the main office of
the Bank are located in leased space at 1627 K Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.
20006.  The Bank  leases  four other  offices,  located at 2905 M Street,  N.W.,
Washington,   D.C.  20007;  Union  Station,  50  Massachusetts   Avenue,   N.E.,
Washington,  D.C. 20002; 1604 17th Street, N.W., Washington,  D.C. 20009 and 802
7th Street, N.W., Washington,  D.C. 20001. An additional ATM was opened in Union
Station in 1989 and a third ATM was opened in Union Station in May 1994.
Leases for these facilities expire as follows:

          Location                                    Expiration of Lease
          --------                                    -------------------

          1627 K Street, N.W.                                  2002
          2905 M Street, N.W.                         Month-to-month term
          50 Massachusetts Avenue, N.E.                        1998
          Union Station ATM                                    1999
          Union Station ATM                                    1999
          802 7th Street, N.W.                                 2007
          1604 17th Street, N.W.                               2016

         During  the  first  quarter  of 1998,  the Bank  initiated  discussions
through a tenant  brokerage firm with the Union Station  landlord for renewal of
the Union Station lease expiring during 1998.

         In 1997,  the Company and the Bank  incurred  rental  expense on leased
real  estate  of  approximately  $505,000.  The  Company  considers  all  of the
properties  leased by the Bank to be suitable and  adequate  for their  intended
purposes.



                                       16

<PAGE>



Item 3.           Legal Proceedings

         Although  the Bank,  from time to time,  is involved  in various  legal
proceedings  in the  normal  course of  business,  there are no  material  legal
proceedings to which the Company or the Bank is a party or to which any of their
property is subject, except for the matter discussed below.

         On December 12, 1997,  the Company  commenced an action  against  three
directors,  Marshall Reynolds, Jeanne Hubbard and Robert Shell, Jr., and certain
other shareholders, in United States District Court for the District of Columbia
seeking  relief in various  counts to enjoin the  defendants  from voting  their
shares at the  shareholders  meeting  scheduled  to vote on the  acquisition  of
Ballston Bancorp, Inc., and for other relief. That complaint, in various counts,
alleged that the defendants had violated federal  securities laws by inter alia,
failing  to file a  complete  and  accurate  Schedule  13D,  and  soliciting  of
shareholder  proxies unlawfully by failing to file proxy  solicitation  material
with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The complaint also alleged that the
director  defendants breached their fiduciary duties by opposing the acquisition
after they had voted for it  agreeing  to use their best  efforts to bring it to
fruition  and caused the  Company to enter into a binding  definitive  agreement
with  Ballston.  On December 16, 1997,  the District  Court denied the Company's
motion for a preliminary  injunction and, as described elsewhere,  a majority of
the  shareholders  voted against the acquisition.  Subsequently,  on January 23,
1998, the Company filed an amended  complaint  against the same defendants,  and
joined Ferris,  Baker, Watts, Inc., an investment banking firm, alleging that it
also participated in an unlawful  solicitation of proxies.  That complaint seeks
damages of not less than $10  million.  The  defendants  have not  answered  the
complaint. An answer is due on April 6, 1998. It is believed that the defendants
will deny the  allegations.  The defendants  may choose to assert  counterclaims
against the Company and/or its other  directors.  The action was authorized by a
unanimous  vote of a Special  Committee of the Board of Directors  consisting of
the seven directors not named as defendant  directors.  The consent solicitation
filed by directors Reynolds, Hubbard and Shell on March 11, 1998 and referred to
below, discloses that a principal purpose of the solicitation and reorganization
of the  board  is to  cause  the  Company  to  drop  the  lawsuit.  The  consent
solicitation  discloses that the director defendants have a conflict of interest
in taking such action.

         On December 30, 1997,  Mr.  Reynolds and certain  related  stockholders
(the  "Reynolds  Group")  filed an  amendment  to  their  report  of  beneficial
ownership  on  Schedule  13D  originally  filed on May 1, 1995 and  subsequently
amended, which amendment stated, among other things, that the Reynolds Group may
seek to effect a change in the  composition  of the  Board of  Directors  of the
Company.  Subsequently,  on March 11, 1998, Mr. Reynolds, his wife and two other
director/stockholders,  Jeanne D.  Hubbard  and Robert L.  Shell,  Jr.,  filed a
preliminary  consent  solicitation  statement  with the  Securities and Exchange
Commission,  relating to their proposed solicitation of consents for the removal
of four  directors - Barbara  Davis Blum,  Clarence  L. James,  Jr.,  Shireen L.
Dodson and Susan  Hager - and the  election  of four new  directors  to fill the
vacancies created by the removal of the four directors.  The Reynolds Group also
filed  another  amendment  to  Schedule  13D on March 11,  1998  relating to the
efforts to effect the change in the  membership of the Board of Directors of the
Company.  Both the preliminary consent solicitation  statement and the amendment
to Schedule  13D stated that it is the intent of the  Reynolds  Group to dismiss
the lawsuit upon a change of control. As of March 31, 1998, to the best of

                                       17

<PAGE>



management's knowledge,  the consent solicitation materials are still undergoing
review by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Item 4.           Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security-Holders.

         The Company held a Special Meeting of Stockholders on December 31, 1997
to vote upon a proposal  to ratify the  Board's  approval  and  adoption  of the
Agreement  and Plan of  Reorganization,  dated as of June 23, 1997 as amended by
and among the Company,  Ballston Bancorp, Inc. and The Bank of Northern Virginia
and the merger  provided  for therein and to approve the issuance of a number of
shares, subject to adjustment,  of the common stock of the Company to holders of
the common  stock of Ballston  sufficient  to complete  the  Company's  proposed
acquisition  of  Ballston  through  the merger of  Ballston  with and into Adams
Acquisition Corporation, a to-be-formed wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

         The voting results regarding this matter were as follows:

                  For                                536,306
                  Against                            933,927
                  Abstain                             16,440



                                       18

<PAGE>



                                     PART II
                                     -------

    Item 5. Market for Registrant's Equity and Related Stockholder Matters.

         (a) As of July 12, 1996,  the  Company's  Common Stock is quoted on the
Nasdaq National Market under the symbol AANB.  Prior to that time, the stock was
traded  on a limited  and  sporadic  basis in the  over-the-counter  market  and
reported in the "pink sheets."

         The following table sets forth the range of the high and low bid prices
of the  Company's  Common  Stock for the first two quarters of 1996 and is based
upon information provided by the National Quotation Bureau, and the high and low
closing bid prices as reported by Nasdaq  National  Market for the  remainder of
1996 and all of 1997.  The prices  reported  by the  National  Quotation  Bureau
reflect  inter-dealer  prices and do not include retail mark-ups,  mark-downs or
commissions and may not have represented  actual  transactions.  The information
presented  gives  effect  to  three-for-one  stock  split in the form of a stock
dividend which took place on July 9, 1996.


Calendar Quarter Ended                  Bid Prices of Common Stock
                                         High                   Low

March 31, 1996                          $ 8.25                  $8.17
June 30, 1996                             8.33                   7.83
September 30, 1996                        8.75                   8.00
December 31, 1996                        11.25                   8.50
March 31, 1997                          $12.25                 $11.25
June 30, 1997                            13.25                  11.50
September 30, 1997                       13.75                  10.75
December 31, 1997                        14.50                  12.25

         (b) As of March 16, 1997, the Company had 697 stockholders of record.

         (c) During 1997, the Company declared three quarterly cash dividends on
the Common  Stock of $.10 per share,  for a total of  $489,164.  No dividend was
declared for the fourth quarter of 1997.  During 1996, the Company declared four
quarterly cash dividends on the Common Stock of $.0833 per share for each of the
first two quarters and $.10 per share for each of the last two  quarters,  for a
total of $467,429. The Company's ability to pay cash dividends is limited by the
provisions  of Delaware law,  which permit the payment of dividends  from either
surplus or retained earnings.  In addition,  the ability of the Company to pay a
cash dividend  depends  largely on the Bank's  ability to pay a cash dividend to
the  Company.  The  National  Bank Act  imposes  limitations  on the  amount  of
dividends  that a  national  bank,  such  as the  Bank,  may pay  without  prior
regulatory  approval.  Generally,  the amount is  limited to the Bank's  current
year's net earnings plus the retained net earnings for the two preceding  years.
See Note 12 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                       19

<PAGE>



Item 6.           Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 
                  and Results of Operations.

         Abigail Adams National  Bancorp,  Inc. (the "Company") is the parent of
The Adams  National Bank (the "Bank"),  a bank with five  full-service  branches
located in  Washington,  D.C. The  Company's  newest  branch in Chinatown in the
District of Columbia was opened in November 1997.

         The Company  reported a 17% increase in both total assets and loans but
a decrease in net income for 1997 as compared to 1996.  Total assets at December
31, 1997, were $131,239,000,  up from $112,162,000 one year ago, and total loans
of $85,314,000 at year-end were up from $73,013,000 at the end of 1996.

         The Company  reported  net income of $342,000,  or $.21 per share,  for
1997, a decrease of $785,000 from the  $1,127,000,  or $.94 per share,  reported
for  the  year  ended  December  31,  1996.  The  decrease  in  net  income  was
attributable  principally to the write-off of approximately  $1,200,000 in costs
incurred in conjunction with the Company' aborted purchase of Ballston  Bancorp,
Inc. In addition,  costs associated with  re-engineering  of management  systems
which  would  ordinarily  have been  implemented  over a  two-year  period  were
consolidated into 1997 in order to facilitate the anticipated  merger of the two
operations. The acquisition of Ballston Bancorp was not approved by shareholders
at the  Company's  Special  Meeting of  Shareholders  held on December 31, 1997.
During  1996,  the Company  reversed  $275,000 of loan loss  provision,  further
emphasizing  the decrease in net income in 1997 as compared to 1996. In addition
to the factors  discussed  above,  earnings per share were also  impacted by the
full year effect of the additional  795,500  shares issued in an  oversubscribed
stock offering completed during the third quarter of 1996.

         Nonetheless,  the Company  continued  to maintain a  "well-capitalized"
status with a total  risk-based  capital ratio (total capital  divided by assets
weighted for risk  elements) of 14.97% at December 31, 1997, of which 13.76% was
Tier 1 capital.  The leverage ratio (based on annual average assets) was 11.09%.
The following  analysis of financial  condition and results of operations should
be read in conjunction with the Company's  Consolidated Financial Statements and
Notes thereto.

         As  discussed  in  Note  19 of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial
Statements, in late 1997 the Company filed a lawsuit against three directors and
certain other shareholders  alleging violations of securities laws and breach of
fiduciary duty in connection  with the failed  acquisition of Ballston  Bancorp.
The  complaint has not yet been  answered by the  defendants.  On March 11, 1998
these same three directors filed a preliminary  consent  solicitation  statement
with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"),  relating to their proposed
solicitation  of consents for the removal of four  directors and the election of
four new directors to fill the vacancies thus created.  The consent solicitation
also  disclosed that it was the three  directors'  intent to dismiss the lawsuit
against  them after a change in control.  As of March 31,  1998,  to the best of
management's knowledge,  the consent solicitation materials are still undergoing
review by the staff of the SEC.  The  Company  may  continue  to incur  costs in
connection  with this litigation in an amount which cannot be determined at this
time. However, the directors have determined not

                                       20

<PAGE>



to engage in a  solicitation  contest with  respect to the proposed  removal and
replacement of four of the directors.

         In February  1998,  the Company and the Bank each  established  a trust
with a third party trustee for the purpose of funding the  severance  agreements
with certain key  management  officials and the  employment  agreement  with the
President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer.  In  the  aggregate,  funds  totaling
$1,132,000 were deposited in these trusts. The establishment of these trusts has
no impact on the consolidated financial statements. The funds held in the trusts
are invested in interest-bearing  deposits with other banks. See Notes 11 and 19
of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion.

Analysis of Net Interest Income

         Net interest income,  the most  significant  component of the Company's
earnings,  increased by $1,144,000, or 25%, to $5,781,000 in 1997 as compared to
$4,640,000 in 1996.  This  improvement in net interest  income was a result of a
24%  increase in average  earning  assets,  an  increase in the average  loan to
deposit ratio to 81% from 76% and increases in average net non  interest-bearing
sources of funds.  These factors  combined to produce a net interest spread (the
difference between the average interest rate earned on  interest-earning  assets
and  paid  on  interest-bearing  liabilities)  of  3.87%  and  a  fully  taxable
equivalent  ("FTE") net interest margin (FTE net interest income as a percentage
of average interest-earning assets) of 5.25% for 1997, reflecting increases of 1
basis points and 2 basis points,  respectively,  from 1996.  Loans,  the highest
yielding  component of earning assets,  represented  approximately  73% of total
average earning assets for 1997 as compared to approximately 70% for 1995.

         Net interest  income  increased by $473,000,  or 11%, to  $4,640,000 in
1996 as compared to $4,167,000 in 1995. This  improvement in net interest income
was a result of a 15% increase in average  earning assets,  partially  offset by
both a decrease in the average loan to deposit ratio to 76% from 82% and deposit
rates which did not  decrease as rapidly as earning  asset rates during the same
period.  These factors  combined to produce a net interest spread of 3.86% and a
net interest margin of 5.23% for 1996,  reflecting  decreases of 26 basis points
and 16 basis points,  respectively,  from 1995. Loans represented  approximately
70% of total average  earning assets for 1996 as compared to  approximately  78%
for 1995.



                                       21

<PAGE>



          Distribution of Assets, Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
                                Yields and Rates
              For the Years Ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995
                                 (In thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              1997                           1996                           1995
                                -----------------------------    ---------------------------   ---------------------------
                                   Average   Income  Average      Average   Income  Average      Average  Income   Average
                                   Balance  Expense     Rate      Balance  Expense     Rate      Balance Expense      Rate
                                   -------  -------     ----      -------  -------     ----      ------- -------      ----
Assets
Interest-earning assets:
<S>                              <C>          <C>      <C>      <C>          <C>        <C>    <C>         <C>          <C>  
  Loans 1                        $   80,460   $ 7,880  9.79%    $   62,350   $ 6,072    9.74%  $   60,318  $  5,902     9.78%
  Securities                         21,837     1,285  5.88         12,795       755    5.90       14,367       859     5.98
  Federal funds sold and
    resale agreements                 6,378       352  5.52         12,752       693    5.43        2,235       130     5.82
  Interest-bearing deposits
    in other banks                    1,509        89  5.90            860        53    6.16          433        23     5.31
                                   --------     -----              -------     -----               -------     -----
      Total interest-earning assets 110,184     9,606  8.72         88,757     7,573    8.53       77,353     6,914     8.94
Allowance for loan losses            (1,100)                        (1,272)                        (1,299)
Cash and due from banks               6,042                          6,091                          4,715
Bank premises and equipment             941                            487                            320
Other assets                          1,500                          1,319                          1,205
                                    --------                       -------                         -------
       Total assets               $ 117.567                     $   95,382                     $   82,294
                                  =========                     ===========                     ==========


Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Interest-bearing liabilities:
  Time deposits                   $  34,051     1,355  3.98       $ 32,195    1,257   3.90     $   27,740    1,094    3.94
  Certificates of deposit            40,849     2,255  5.52         28,102    1,554   5.53         27,300    1,544    5.66
  Federal funds purchased and
    repurchase agreements             2,724       135  4.96          2,148      105   4.89          1,600       89    5.56
  Other short-term borrowings            --       --   --               --       --    --             104        6    5.77
  Long-term borrowings/debt           1,111        77  6.93            357       17   4.76            233       14    6.01
                                    -------    ------              -------  -------               -------  -------
       Total interest-bearing        78,735     3,822  4.85         62,802    2,933   4.67         56,977    2,747    4.82
              liabilities             -----                         -----                          -----
Noninterest-bearing liabilities:
  Demand deposits                    24,468                         22,099                         18,547
  Other liabilities                     979                            888                            594
 Stockholders' equity                13,385                          9,593                          6,176
                                   --------                        -------                        -------
       Total liabilities and
         stockholders' equity     $ 117,567                       $ 95,382                      $  82,294
                                  =========                       ========                      =========

FTE net interest income 2                     $ 5,784                        $ 4,640                       $ 4,167
                                              =======                        =======                       =======
Net interest spread                                      3.87%                          3.86%                          4.12%
                                                         =====                          =====                          =====
Net interest margin                                      5.25%                          5.23%                          5.39%
                                                         =====                          =====                          =====
</TABLE>

- ----------------------------

1    Nonaccrual  loans are  included in the average loan  balances.  Interest on
     loans  includes fees of  approximately  $244,000,  $141,000 and $152,000 in
     1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

2    Taxable  equivalent  adjustments for tax-exempt  securities were $3,000, $0
     and $0 for 1997, 1996 and 1995.


                                       22

<PAGE>



                    Interest Rates and Interest Differential
       Analysis of Changes in Fully Taxable Equivalent Net Interest Income
                                 (In thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                           For the years ended December 31,        For the years ended December 31,
                                                   1997 versus 1996                       1996 versus 1995
                                        -------------------------------------       ----------------------------
                                      Net                                          Net
                                    Increase           Change per:              Increase           Change per:
                                  (Decrease)1        Rate      Volume          (Decrease)1       Rate       Volume
                                  -----------        ----      ------          -----------       ----       ------
Interest income from:
<S>                                 <C>              <C>      <C>                 <C>           <C>        <C>   
  Loans 2                           $ 1,808          $ 44     $ 1,764             $ 171         $ (28)     $  199
  Securities                            530            (3)        533              (104)          (10)        (94)
  Federal funds sold and
    resale agreements                  (341)            6        (347)              563           (49)        612
  Interest-bearing deposits
    in banks                             36            (4)         40                30             7          23
                                     -------       -------    -------             ------        ------       -----

    Total interest income 3, 4        2,033            43       1,990               660           (80)         740

Interest expense on:
  Time deposits 5                        98            25          73               164           (12)         176
  Certificates of deposit               701            (4)        705                10           (35)          45
  Short-term borrowings                  30             1          29                10           (15)          25
  Long-term borrowings/debt              60            24          36                 3            (4)           7
                                     -------        ------      -----            -------        ------        ----

    Total interest expense 3            889            46         843               187           (66)         253
                                       -----         -----       ----             ------        ------       -----
    Net interest income 4           $ 1,144          $ (3)    $ 1,147             $ 473        $  (14)       $ 487
                                    ========         =====     =======            ======       =======       =====
</TABLE>

- ---------------------------------

1    Changes due to both rate and volume are allocated to rate.

2    Interest on loans includes loan fees of  approximately  $244,000,  $141,000
     and $152,000 in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

3    Changes are computed on a line-by-line basis and do not sum to the rate and
     volume changes of total interest  income or total interest  expense because
     of  changes  in the mix of  interest-earning  assets  and  interest-bearing
     liabilities from year to year.

4    Taxable  equivalent  adjustments for tax-exempt  securities were $3,000, $0
     and $0 for 1997, 1996 and 1995.

5    Includes transaction accounts.


         Other Income

         Total other  income,  which  consists  primarily of service  charges on
deposits and other fee income,  increased by approximately  $251,000, or 26%, to
$1,204,000 in 1997 as compared to $953,000 in 1996.  Service  charges on deposit
accounts increased by approximately  $338,000,  or 43%, to $1,126,000 in 1997 as
compared to $788,000 in 1996  principally  due to a $369,000  increase in income
recognized  on ATM  transactions,  primarily  from the full year's effect of the
late 1996 implementation of the $1.00 surcharge on noncustomer ATM transactions.
This was  partially  offset by a $31,000  decrease in monthly and  transactional
service charges on deposits. Other income decreased by approximately $87,000, or
53%, to $78,000 in 1997 as compared to

                                       23

<PAGE>



$165,000 in 1996,  primarily due to income recognized in 1996 related in part to
rental  income  received  from and gains  recognized  on the sale of other  real
estate.

         Total other income  increased  by  approximately  $112,000,  or 13%, to
$953,000 in 1996 as compared  to  $841,000 in 1995.  Service  charges on deposit
accounts  increased  by  approximately  $51,000,  or 7%, to  $788,000 in 1996 as
compared  to $737,000 in 1995  principally  due to a $94,000  increase in income
recognized on ATM transactions, primarily from the implementation in 1996 of the
$1.00 surcharge on noncustomer ATM transactions.  This was partially offset by a
$35,000  decrease in service  charges on overdrafts.  Other income  increased by
approximately  $61,000,  or 59%,  to $165,000 in 1996 as compared to $104,000 in
1995,  primarily  due to rental income  received from other real estate  coupled
with gains recognized on the sale of other real estate.

Other Expense

         Total other expense  increased by $2,326,000,  or 57%, to $6,419,000 in
1997 from  $4,093,000  in 1996.  Salaries  and  benefits  for 1997  increased by
$350,000,  or 18%, to $2,255,000 from $1,905,000 in 1996, due to the full year's
impact of employees hired for the new branch opened in late 1996, an increase in
the number of employees resulting from the new branch opened in late 1997, staff
additions in  contemplation  of the failed  merger,  normal merit  increases and
associated  increases in employee  benefits.  Occupancy  and  equipment  expense
increased  by  $231,000,  or 30%, to  $1,009,000  in 1997 from  $778,000 in 1996
primarily  due to the full year's  effect of the new branch opened in late 1996,
as well as the partial year effect of the branch  opened in late 1997.  The full
year's  effect of  depreciation  expense from the  Company's  local area network
which  was  installed  in the  later  part of the  second  quarter  of 1996 also
contributed  to the  increase.  Professional  fees  increased by  $1,147,000  to
$1,290,000  in 1997 from  $143,000 in 1996 due  primarily  to the  expensing  of
approximately  $991,000 in  professional  fees incurred in  connection  with the
Company's  aborted  purchase of Ballston  Bancorp,  Inc. in the last  quarter of
1997.  Additionally,  professional  costs associated with the  re-engineering of
management  systems  were also  incurred in 1997,  further  contributing  to the
increase in professional fees. Data processing expense increased by $136,000, or
38%, to  $495,000  in 1997 from  $359,000 in 1996 due to an increase in accounts
from the new branches opened in late 1996 and 1997, as well as increased numbers
of accounts and activity thereon. Other operating expense increased by $460,000,
or 51%, to  $1,369,000  in 1997 from $909,000 in 1996 due primarily to increases
in administrative  and overhead expenses  associated with the opening of the new
branches  in late 1996 and 1997 and the  write-off  of other  costs  incurred in
connection  with  the  aborted  purchase  of  Ballston  Bancorp,  Inc.,  such as
printing, public relations and regulatory filing fees.

         Total other expense increased by $312,000, or 8%, to $4,093,000 in 1996
from  $3,781,000 in 1995.  Salaries and benefits for 1996 increased by $256,000,
or 16%, to $1,905,000  from $1,649,000 in 1995, due to an increase in the number
of  employees  resulting  from the new branch,  normal merit  increases  and the
hiring of employees to fill certain  vacancies.  Occupancy and equipment expense
increased by $79,000,  or 11%, to $778,000 in 1996 from  $699,000 in 1995 due to
the additional rental expense for the new branch, higher

                                       24

<PAGE>



operating  costs of the Company's main office location which were passed through
to the Company by the  landlord  and the  additional  depreciation  expense of a
local area network  installed  in the later part of the second  quarter of 1996.
Professional  fees  decreased  by  $210,000,  or 59%,  to  $143,000 in 1996 from
$353,000 in 1995 due primarily to lower legal fees associated with loan workouts
and other  corporate  matters,  as well as  partial  reimbursement  by the Small
Business  Administration  ("SBA") of legal fees  incurred for the workout of two
troubled SBA guaranteed loans. Data processing expense increased by $59,000,  or
20%,  to  $359,000  in 1996 from  $300,000 in 1995 due to the opening of the new
branch, as well as increased  activity levels and item charges.  Other operating
expense increased by $128,000, or 16%, to $909,000 in 1996 from $781,000 in 1995
due primarily to increases in administrative  and overhead  expenses  associated
with the  opening of the new  branch,  partially  offset by a  decrease  in FDIC
deposit insurance premiums.

         The Bank contracts with an outside firm to provide data  processing and
back-room operations. The Bank has reviewed its data processing systems provided
by its outside data processor,  as well as computer  applications which are used
in-house  to identify  systems  which could be affected by the "Year 2000" issue
and has developed an approach to address the issue. The Year 2000 problem is the
result of computer  programs  being written using two digits rather than four to
define  the  applicable  year.  Any of the  programs  used by the Bank that have
time-sensitive  software may recognize a date using "00" as the year 1900 rather
than the year  2000.  This  could  result  in major  miscalculations  or  system
failure.  To date,  representations  have been received from the Bank's  primary
processing  vendors that their systems already  adequately address the Year 2000
issue or that plans have been developed to address the issue.  However, the Year
2000 problem is pervasive and complex,  and virtually  every computer  operation
will be  affected  in some way.  Consequently,  no  assurance  can be given that
unforeseen  problems in the  computer  systems used by the Bank and its software
maintained  by third  party  providers,  will not have a material  impact on the
Bank's ability to conduct business. The Bank's contract with its primary outside
data  processor  was renewed in 1997 for one year and is now scheduled to expire
in the second quarter of 1998. While the Bank is presently  considering  renewal
options as well as other state-of-the-art data processing alternatives, the Bank
will only consider data processing  systems which can appropriately  address the
Year 2000  issue.  Incremental  expenses  for the Bank to address  the Year 2000
issue are not expected to materially impact operating results in any one period.

         The Bank's  customers,  including  its  borrowers,  are also faced with
potential Year 2000 problems.  Through its Loan Committee, the Bank has analyzed
its  customer  base to  determine  which  types of  customers  are  likely to be
effected and has adopted  procedures to inquire of those borrowers  whether they
are taking steps to address the problem. The failure of its borrowers to resolve
the problem could adversely  affect their operations and impair their ability to
repay their loans to the Bank. Therefore,  even if the Bank adequately addresses
its own Year 2000 problems,  it could  nevertheless  be materially and adversely
affected  if its  borrowers  do not also  successfully  resolve  their Year 2000
problems.


                                       25

<PAGE>


Income Tax Expense

         Income tax  expense  of  $225,000  for 1997  reflected  a  decrease  of
$423,000  over the  $648,000  tax  expense  recorded  one year  earlier due to a
$1,219,000  decrease in income before taxes,  partially offset by an increase in
the Company's effective tax rate to 40% from 36% one year earlier.

         Income tax  expense of  $648,000  for 1996  reflected  an  increase  of
$380,000  over the  $268,000  tax expense  recorded  one year  earlier due to an
increase in the  Company's  effective tax rate to 36% from 22% one year earlier.
During 1995,  the Company  reduced its deferred tax valuation  allowance to zero
which reduced the effective tax rate.

Analysis of Loans

         The loan  portfolio at December 31, 1997 increased by  $12,301,000,  or
17%, to $85,314,000  from $73,013,000 at December 31, 1996. The majority of this
growth was in  commercial  real  estate  mortgages  as the  Company  focused its
marketing  efforts on commercial  real estate loans.  The Company  believes such
loans are cost effective because larger balances can be underwritten in the same
amount of time as lesser  amounts  of other  types of loans.  The  Company  also
believes  that such loans are secured by collateral  which is more  permanent in
nature and requires  less periodic  monitoring  to assess the Company's  ongoing
security position. On average, the Company's loans increased by $18,110,000,  or
29%, to $80,460,000 for 1997 from  $62,350,000 for 1996,  while the average loan
to deposit ratio  increased to 81% from 76% during the same period.  The loan to
deposit  ratio at December 31, 1997 was 76% while the ratio at December 31, 1996
was  77%.  The  Company  has a target  loan to  deposit  ratio  of 80%  based on
quarterly  averages.  See  "Liquidity  and  Capital  Resources"  for  a  further
discussion of this ratio.

         For a summary of loans by  category  and by industry  concentration  at
December 31, 1997 and 1996,  see Note 4 of the Notes to  Consolidated  Financial
Statements.



                                       26

<PAGE>



         The table entitled "Analysis of Loan Maturity and Interest Sensitivity"
below,  summarizes  the maturity  distribution  and interest  sensitivity of the
Company's loan portfolio at December 31, 1997.

               Analysis of Loan Maturity and Interest Sensitivity
                              At December 31, 1997
                                 (In thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     Within  1        1 - 5         After
                                                      Year (1)        Years        5 Years         Total
Maturity of Loans: (2)(3)
<S>                                                  <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>      
  Commercial                                         $ 16,546      $ 17,387      $  5,047       $ 38,980
  Real estate - commercial  mortgage                    3,834        22,615        12,178         38,627   
  Real estate -  residential  mortgage                    327         1,041           613          1,981 
  Real estate - construction                            3,147           216           868          4,231
  Installment                                             618         1,039           106          1,763 
                                                          ---         -----           ---          ----- 
    Total loans (4)                                  $ 24,472      $ 42,298      $ 18,812       $ 85,582
                                                     ========      ========      ========       ========
                                                      


Interest Rate Sensitivity of Loans:
  With predetermined interest rates                  $  6,673      $  9,953      $    244      $ 16,870
  With floating or
    adjustable interest rates                          17,799        32,345        18,568        68,712
                                                       ------        ------        ------        ------
    Total loans (4)                                  $ 24,472      $ 42,298      $ 18,812      $ 85,582
                                                     ========      ========      ========      ========
                                                      
</TABLE>

- ---------------------------

(1)  Includes demand loans,  loans having no stated schedule of repayment and no
     stated maturity, and overdrafts.

(2)  Loan maturity is based upon individual loan contract terms. The Company has
     not established a rollover policy.  Each loan is reviewed on a case by case
     basis with respect to renewal.

(3) The Company has no foreign loans.

(4)  The above table does not include  deferred  income and  unearned  discounts
     which total a credit balance of $268,228.


Analysis of Investments

         The Company  classifies  its debt and marketable  equity  securities at
acquisition into one of three categories:  trading,  available for sale, or held
to maturity.  See Note 1(c) of the Notes to Consolidated  Financial  Statements.
The available for sale portfolio  exists to maintain  adequate  liquidity and to
provide  a  base  for  executing  asset/liability   management  strategy.  These
securities may be sold in response to changes in interest  rates,  restructuring
of maturity distributions, need for additional funds for loans, tax planning and
regulatory  needs,  as well as for  other  purposes.  The  value  of  securities
recorded as available for sale  fluctuates  based on changes in interest  rates.
Generally,  an increase in interest  rates will result in a decline in the value
of securities  available for sale, while a decline in interest rates will result
in an  increase  in the  value  of such  securities.  Therefore,  the  value  of
securities available for sale and the Company's  stockholders' equity is subject
to fluctuation based on changes in interest rates.

         Securities  available  for sale  totaling  $18,810,000  matured or were
repaid  during 1997 as  compared to  purchases  of  $27,884,000  during the same
period. These securities transactions

                                       27

<PAGE>



coupled with scheduled amortization and accretion for the year accounted for the
increase  in the  available  for  sale  portfolio  of  $9,248,000,  or  83%,  to
$20,453,000  at December  31, 1997 as compared to  $11,205,000  at December  31,
1996. Investment maturities of $6,150,000 and normal paydowns on mortgage-backed
securities, partially offset by purchases totaling $2,059,000, accounted for the
decrease in  investments  of  $4,132,000,  or 35%, to $7,509,000 at December 31,
1997 from  $11,641,000  at December 31,  1996.  The net increase in the combined
investment  and  available  for sale  securities  portfolio is reflective of the
Company's  increased liquidity levels. See "Liquidity and Capital Resources" for
a further  analysis of liquidity.  On average for 1997, the combined  investment
and available for sale securities portfolio increased by $9,042,000,  or 71%, to
$21,837,000 for 1997 from $12,795,000 for 1996.

         The table entitled "Analysis of Securities Portfolio" below, sets forth
by major categories,  the adjusted cost bases, approximate market values and the
weighted-average  yields of investment  securities and securities  available for
sale at December 31, 1997.

                        Analysis of Securities Portfolio
                              At December 31, 1997
                                 (In thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Investment Securities                Securities Available for Sale
                                            ---------------------                -----------------------------
                                          Adjusted      Market    Average           Adjusted       Market   Average
                                        Cost Basis1     Value     Yield           Cost Basis1      Value    Yield
                                        -----------     -----     -----           -----------      -----    -----
    U.S. Treasury:
<S>                                     <C>         <C>            <C>             <C>           <C>        <C>     
       Within one year                  $      500  $     501      6.16%           $     --      $  --       -- %
       After one, but within five years      1,000      1,000      5.75                1,009       1,009    5.70
                                              -----      -----                          -----       -----
           Total                             1,500      1,501      5.89                1,009       1,009    5.70
                                              -----      -----                         -----       -----

    Obligations of other U.S.
      Government agencies
      and corporations: 2
       Within one year                       3,489      3,499      5.71                  5,933       5,935   5.74
       After one, but within five years      1,498      1,498      6.10                 13,523      13,509   6.11
                                             -----      -----                           ------      ------
           Total                             4,987      4,997      5.83                 19,456      19,444   6.00
                                             -----      -----                           ------      ------

    Mortgage-backed securities: 3
       Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation:
       After one, but within five years        196        205      8.71                    --          --     --
                                             -----      -----                          -------     -------

    Obligations of states and municipalities:
       After ten years                         310        313      5.15                    --          --      --
                                             -----       ----                          --------    --------

    Federal Reserve Bank stock                 173        173      6.00                    --          --      --
                                             ------     ------                         --------    --------

    Federal Home Loan Bank stock               330        330      7.25                    --          --      --
                                               ----       ----                         --------    --------

    Corporate securities                        13         13       --                     --          --      --
                                             ------     ------                         --------    --------

           Total investment securities     $ 7,509    $ 7,532      5.94 %             $20,465     $20,453    5.98 %
                                            =======    =======     ======             =======     =======    ======
</TABLE>

 ------------------

                                       28

<PAGE>



    1  The  adjusted  cost  basis of  securities  which  were  transferred  from
       available  for sale to  investment  securities is shown net of unrealized
       loss on the date of transfer.

    2  Includes  obligations  of  quasi-government  agencies  and  corporations.
       Obligations of other U.S.  Government agencies and corporations are shown
       based on final maturity,  although securities may be called prior to such
       date.

    3  This reflects  final  maturity,  although  contractual  maturity is not a
       reliable  indicator of expected life because  borrowers have the right to
       repay their obligations at any time.  Monthly  amortization  prior to the
       final maturity is not shown as it cannot be reasonably estimated.

         For additional  information about investment  securities and securities
available  for sale at December  31,  1997 and 1996,  see Note 3 of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.

Noninterest-Earning Assets

         Cash and due from banks of $7,654,000 at December 31, 1997  reflected a
decrease of  $2,131,000,  or 22%,  from the  $9,785,000  balance at December 31,
1996.  One large  deposit  was  received  on  December  31, 1996 from one of the
Company's large commercial  customers which was not yet available for investment
with other financial institutions and no such deposits were received at December
31, 1997.

         Bank  premises  and  equipment  of  $1,252,000  at  December  31,  1997
reflected a 49%  increase  of $412,000  from the  $840,000  balance  reported at
December 31, 1996. This increase was primarily due to leasehold improvements and
equipment associated with the opening of the new branch in 1997.

Deposits

         Total  deposits of  $112,261,000  at December  31,  1997  increased  by
$17,106,000, or 18%, from the December 31, 1996 balance of $95,155,000.

         Demand  deposit  balances of $27,184,000 at December 31, 1997 increased
$3,506,000 over the balance at December 31, 1996 of  $23,678,000,  while average
demand deposits for 1997 of $24,468,000 increased  $2,369,000,  or 11%, over the
average  balance for 1996.  The opening of new branches in the fourth quarter of
1996 and 1997  contributed to the increase in both period end and average demand
deposits.  Negotiable  Order of Withdrawal,  or "NOW" accounts,  at December 31,
1997 of $9,881,000  increased  $1,841,000,  or 23%, over the balance at December
31, 1996 of  $8,040,000,  while  average  NOW  accounts  for 1997 of  $7,536,000
decreased  $483,000,  or 6%, as compared to the average balance for 1996.  Money
market accounts of $26,970,000 at December 31, 1997 decreased $2,563,000, or 9%,
over the  $29,533,000  balance at December 31,  1996,  due in part to the normal
fluctuations  in the balances of one large  commercial  customer.  Average money
market accounts for 1997 of $24,895,000 increased $2,002,000, or 9%, as compared
to the average  balance  for 1996  primarily  due to the full  year's  effect of
increased deposits resulting from the new branch opened in late 1996.

                                       29

<PAGE>



         Certificates  of deposit of $100,000 or greater at December 31, 1997 of
$25,255,000  increased by $9,597,000,  or 61%, from the $15,658,000  reported at
December  31, 1996  primarily  due to  increases  in  collateralized  government
deposits,  brokered certificates of deposits and new customers.  Certificates of
deposit  under  $100,000  increased by  $4,207,000,  or 25%, to  $21,073,000  at
December  31, 1997 from  $16,866,000  at December  31,  1996.  This  increase is
primarily due to opening of the new branch in the fourth quarter of 1996.

         The table entitled  "Maturity  Distribution  of Certificates of Deposit
$100,000 and Over" sets forth,  by time remaining to maturity,  certificates  of
deposit in amounts of $100,000 or more at December 31, 1997 and 1996.

       Maturity Distribution of Certificates of Deposit $100,000 and Over
                          At December 31, 1997 and 1996
                                 (In thousands)

                                                   1997                1996
                                                   ----                ----

Within three months                            $ 11,203            $  8,183
After three months but within six months          7,388               5,075
After six months but within twelve months         6,210               2,100
After twelve months                                 454                 300
                                                 ------              ------

  Total                                        $ 25,255            $ 15,658
                                               ========            ========



         The table entitled "Average Deposits and Rates," sets forth the average
balances  and average  rate paid by major  deposit  category for the years ended
December 31, 1997 and 1996.

                           Average Deposits and Rates
                 For the Years Ended December 31, 1997 and 1996
                                 (In thousands)


                                               1997                   1996
                                        ------------------      ---------------
                                         Average    Average     Average  Average
                                         Balance     Rate       Balance    Rate
                                         -------     ----       -------    ----

Interest-bearing demand accounts         $ 7,536    2.43%      $  8,019    2.42%
Savings deposits                           1,620    2.65          1,283    2.66
Money market deposit accounts             24,895    4.53         22,893    4.49
CD's $100,000 and over                    21,979    5.49         10,977    5.31
Other time deposits                       18,870    5.56         17,125    5.67
                                         -------                -------
  Total interest-bearing deposits         74,900    4.82         60,297    4.66
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits       24,468                 22,099
                                         -------                -------

  Total deposits                        $ 99,368               $ 82,396
                                        ========               ========



                                       30

<PAGE>



Short-Term Borrowings

         Short-term  borrowings  of  $3,489,000  at December 31, 1997  consisted
entirely of repurchase  agreements with customers of the Company.  This compares
with repurchase agreements  outstanding at December 31, 1996 of $1,917,000.  For
additional  information  on short-term  borrowings,  see Note 10 of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.

Long-Term Borrowings

         On  October 1,  1996,  the Bank  entered  into an  agreement  to borrow
$1,143,000  for  approximately  twelve years at 6.95% from the Federal Home Loan
Bank Board under its Community  Investment Program.  These proceeds were used to
fund a loan at a positive spread with a like amortization and maturity.

Asset Quality

         Loan Portfolio and Adequacy of the Allowance for Loan Losses

         The Company  manages  the risk  characteristics  of its loan  portfolio
through  various  control  processes,  such as credit  evaluation  of individual
borrowers,  establishment  of lending limits to individuals  and  application of
lending  procedures,  such  as  the  holding  of  adequate  collateral  and  the
maintenance of compensating  balances.  Although credit policies are designed to
minimize risk,  management  recognizes  that loan losses will occur and that the
amount of these losses will fluctuate  depending on the risk  characteristics of
the loan portfolio as well as general and regional economic conditions.

          As a result of  improvement  in the quality of the loan portfolio over
the last few years as well as  relatively  low  levels of net  charge-offs,  the
Company has not taken a provision  for loan  losses  since the third  quarter of
1994. Despite this, the unallocated  portion of the Company's Allowance for Loan
Losses has continued to increase.  During the third quarter of 1996, the Company
received a recovery of approximately  $87,000 on a previously  charged off loan,
further  increasing the level of the  unallocated  reserves.  As of December 31,
1996,  the  Company  evaluated  the  level of the  Allowance  for  Loan  Losses,
specifically  the  unallocated  portion,  to determine  the level which would be
prudent given the Company's  nonperforming  asset and charge-off trends while at
the same time  providing an  appropriate  level of  unallocated  reserve for any
potential losses which may be identified. Following this evaluation, the Company
reversed  $275,000 of the loan loss provision during 1996. Net recoveries during
1997  added to the level of loan loss  reserves.  However,  strong  loan  growth
during  1997,  coupled  with a more  conservative  allocation  of the loan  loss
reserves  to  nonclassified  commercial  and real  estate  loans  resulted  in a
decrease in the unallocated portion of the allowance for loan losses at December
31, 1997 to $61,000 from $117,000 one year earlier. Throughout this process, the
Company continues to recognize the risk  characteristics  of the loan portfolio,
including  specific  reserves for problem  credits and general  reserves for the
overall loan portfolio, and deems the allowance for loan losses of $1,142,000 at
December 31, 1997 to be adequate.

         At December 31, 1997,  the allowance for loan losses as a percentage of
outstanding  loans was 1.34% as  compared to 1.44% at December  31,  1996.  This
decrease  is  predominantly  due to  improvement  in  the  quality  of the  loan
portfolio.  See analysis of "Nonperforming  Assets" for a further  discussion of
asset quality. In assessing the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses,

                                       31

<PAGE>



management  primarily relies on its ongoing review of the loan portfolio,  which
is undertaken both to determine  whether there are probable losses which must be
written off and to assess the risk  characteristics  of the loan  portfolio as a
whole. In addition to actual loss experience,  management considers factors such
as  industry-specific  composition  of the loan  portfolio  and the  general and
regional economic conditions. This review takes into account the judgment of the
individual loan officer, senior management and the Board of Directors. The Board
of Directors  reviews the Company's  Classified and Criticized  Loans  Quarterly
Report and quarterly loan loss analyses. In addition, the Company's review takes
into  account  the  judgment  of the  regulatory  agencies  that review the loan
portfolio as a part of the regular examination process. Such regulatory agencies
may require the Company to recognize  additions to the allowance  based on their
judgments about information  available to them at the time of their examination.
The Company also has an independent  loan review performed by a consultant on an
annual basis. While management uses available information to recognize losses on
loans, future additions may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions
and other factors.

         In reviewing the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, the Company
also  prepares  a detailed  migration  analysis  which  measures  the  Company's
historical  loss  experience  relative  to the risk  classifications  within the
individual  loan  portfolio  pools.  This  historical  loss  experience  is then
adjusted for external factors such as trends in volumes and  characteristics  of
loans, national and local economic trends and management experience, among other
factors,  and is applied to the current  outstanding loan portfolio pools within
each risk classification. Based on the results of this migration analysis, which
encompasses all of the factors previously used, management makes a determination
as to the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.

         The table entitled "Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses" sets forth
an analysis of the  allocation of the allowance for loan losses by categories as
of December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995.

                     Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses
                       At December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995
                                 (In thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  1997                            1996                           1995
                                       -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        Reserve       % of Loans      Reserve        % of Loans        Reserve        % of Loans
                                         Amount   to Total Loans       Amount    to Total Loans         Amount    to Total Loans
                                         ------   --------------       ------    --------------         ------    --------------
<S>                                  <C>             <C>              <C>              <C>            <C>               <C>  
Commercial                              $  486            45.6           $   438           53.8%          $   658           68.1%
Real estate - commercial mortgage          464            45.1               360           33.9               252           19.7
Real estate - residential mortgage          23             2.3                19            3.6                39            2.4
Real estate - construction                  49             4.9                31            5.7                27            4.1
Installment                                 59             2.1                83            3.0                45            5.7
Unallocated                                 61             --                117            --                253            --
                                         --------        --------        ------         -------          -------         ----
         Total                         $ 1,142           100.0%          $ 1,048         100.0%          $ 1,274          100.0%
                                        =========        =======          ======         =======         ========        =======

</TABLE>



         Nonperforming Assets

         Nonperforming assets include nonaccrual loans, restructured loans, past
due  loans  and  other  real  estate.  See Note 4 of the  Notes to  Consolidated
Financial Statements.

                                       32

<PAGE>




         Nonaccrual loans at December 31, 1997 of $411,000 decreased by $552,000
from $963,000 at December 31, 1996, while restructured loans, which continued to
perform as agreed,  decreased by $573,000 to $0 at December  31, 1997.  Past due
loans  decreased  by $50,000 to $103,000 at December  31, 1997 from  $153,000 at
December 31, 1996 due principally to two loans which were both  well-secured and
in the process of collection.  At December 31, 1997 and 1996,  nonaccrual  loans
included $104,000 and $607,000, respectively, in loans guaranteed by the SBA for
a total of $94,000 and $594,000, respectively.  Banking regulations require that
the full balance of these loans be placed on nonaccrual status,  despite the SBA
guarantee on a portion of the loan.

         The  table  entitled   "Analysis  of  Nonperforming   Assets"  presents
nonperforming assets, by category, at December 31, 1997 and 1996.

                        Analysis of Nonperforming Assets
                          At December 31, 1997 and 1996
                                 (In thousands)

                                                         1997             1996
                                                        ------           -----
         Nonaccrual loans:
           Commercial                                   $ 411            $ 863
           Real estate - commercial mortgage             --                100
                                                       -------            -----
             Total nonaccrual loans 1                     411              963

         Past due loans:
           Real estate - commercial mortgage               96              142
           Installment - individuals                        7               11
                                                         -----           ------
             Total past due loans                         103              153

         Restructured loans:
           Commercial                                    --                573
                                                       ------              ---

             Total restructured loans                    --                573
                                                       ------              ---

             Total nonperforming assets                 $ 514          $ 1,689
                                                        =====          =======
             Total nonperforming assets exclusive of
               SBA guaranteed balances                  $ 420          $ 1,094
                                                        =====          =======
         Ratio of nonperforming assets
           to gross loans 2                               .60%            2.31%
         Ratio of nonperforming assets to total
           assets 2                                       .32%            1.51%
         Percentage of allowance for loan losses to
           nonperforming assets 2                      222.12%           62.05%
         Ratio of net charge-offs (recoveries) to        (.12)%           (.08)%
           average loans
- ----------------------------

1    Nonaccrual  loans include  $104,000 and $607,000 in loans guaranteed by the
     SBA at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively. The outstanding balance of
     these loans are insured for 90.0%,  or  $94,000,  and 97.9%,  or  $594,000,
     respectively.

2    Ratios include SBA guaranteed loan balances.

                                       33

<PAGE>



         For additional information concerning nonaccrual, restructured and past
due loans, see Note 4 to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included
herein.

Potential Problem Loans

         At December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively,  loans totaling $1,154,000
and $781,000 were  classified as potential  problem loans which are not reported
in the table entitled "Analysis of Nonperforming  Assets". These loans were made
to borrowers who subsequently experienced financial difficulties.  The loans are
subject to  management  attention  and their  classification  is  reviewed  on a
quarterly  basis. At December 31, 1997, all of the potential  problem loans were
partially to fully secured.

         Of the  $781,000 in problem  loans at  December  31,  1996,  91% of the
balance represents loans which are partially to fully secured.  The remaining 9%
of the balance, or $73,000, is guaranteed by the SBA for a total of $66,000.

Impaired Loans

         At December 31, 1997 and 1996,  respectively,  loans totaling  $698,000
and $1,955,000 were  classified as impaired loans,  all of which are reported as
nonaccrual,  restructured or potential problem loans. For additional information
concerning  impaired loans,  see Note 4 to the Notes to  Consolidated  Financial
Statements.

Interest Sensitivity Management

         The  sensitivity  of net interest  income to  fluctuations  in interest
rates is known as  interest  rate  risk.  Sensitivity  arises  when  assets  and
liabilities are not subject to rate repricing  within the same period.  As shown
by the table entitled  "Analysis of Interest Rate  Sensitivity," at December 31,
1997,  interest  sensitive  assets repricing within each period of less than one
year ranged from 111% to 116% of interest sensitive liabilities repricing in the
comparable periods. When non-rate sensitive assets and liabilities are excluded,
the interest  sensitive  assets in each remaining  period beyond one year exceed
interest sensitive liabilities  repricing in the comparable periods.  Management
of interest  rate  sensitivity  is monitored by the  Asset/Liability  Investment
Committee of the Bank which generally meets monthly and includes  members of the
Bank's Board of Directors as well as the Bank's officers.

         The Committee  considers,  among other things, the sensitivity of major
asset and liability categories to anticipated interest rate changes. The Company
does not necessarily attempt to maintain a matched position for each time frame.
While  interest  sensitivity  analysis  is a  useful  tool  for  asset/liability
management,  limitations  exist which make it difficult to predict the Company's
net interest  income solely on the basis of the interest  sensitivity  position.
For  example,   the  relationship   between  interest  rates  earned  on  loans,
particularly the prime rate, and interest rates paid on deposits is not constant
over time. Despite these limitations,  in an effort to better predict the effect
of possible  interest  rate  changes on net  interest  income,  the Company also
prepares  an  analysis of the effect on net  interest  income of  interest  rate
shocks of 1%, 2%

                                       34

<PAGE>



and 3% in either direction. Based on the Company's interest sensitivity position
and the analyses  performed of the effect of interest rate movements at December
31, 1997, net interest income will be materially  impacted by either a rising or
declining interest rate environment.

                      Analysis of Interest Rate Sensitivity
                              At December 31, 1997
                                 (In thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               Total         Non-Rate
                                                       0-90        91-180      181-365          Rate      Sensitive &
                                                       Days         Days         Days       Sensitive     Over 1 Year       Total
                                                       ----         ----         ----       ---------     -----------       -----
Interest-earning assets:
<S>                                                <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>     
  Loans                                            $ 36,320      $ 10,388     $ 21,465       $ 68,173       $ 17,140      $ 85,313
  Securities 1                                       13,510         2,020        8,009         23,539          4,423        27,962
  Short-term investments                              6,450           397        1,285          8,132             99         8,231
Noninterest-earning assets                              --           --            --             --           9,733         9,733
                                                  ---------    ----------    ---------      ---------        --------       ------

    Total assets                                     56,280        12,805       30,759         99,844         31,395      $131,239
                                                                                                                          ========

Interest-bearing liabilities:
  Deposits 2                                         46,457        12,268       24,155         82,880          2,197      $ 85,077
  Short-term borrowings                               3,489           --           --           3,489            --          3,489
  Long-term borrowings/debt                              19            15           29             63          1,023         1,086
Noninterest-bearing sources                             --           --            --             --          41,587        41,587
                                                  ---------    ----------    ---------      ---------       ---------     --------

    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity       49,965        12,283       24,184         86,432         44,807      $131,239
                                                                                                                          ========

Excess (deficiency) of interest sensitive assets over like liabilities:
    For the period                                  $ 6,315       $   522      $ 6,575        $13,412       $(13,412)
    Cumulative                                        6,315         6,837       13,412
Cumulative gap as a % of total
     interest-earning assets                         11.22%         9.90%       13.43%
Rate sensitive assets rate sensitive liabilities:
    Cumulative                                        1.13x         1.11x        1.16x
- ------------
</TABLE>


1    Includes both  investment  securities  and  available for sale  securities.
     Investments reflect expected prepayments based on call dates of securities,
     in light of current market conditions.

2    NOW and savings accounts are reflected in the 181-365 days  classification,
     based  on the  Company's  evaluation  of  historical  runoff  and  interest
     sensitivity of these deposits.


Liquidity and Capital Resources

         Liquidity

         Principal  sources of liquidity are cash and unpledged  assets that can
be readily converted into cash, including investment  securities maturing within
one year,  the available for sale security  portfolio and short-term  loans.  In
addition to $15,885,000 in cash and short-term investments at December 31, 1997,
the Company has a securities  portfolio which can be pledged to raise additional
deposits and  borrowings,  if necessary.  At December 31, 1997,  the Company had
$8,003,000  in unpledged  securities  which were  available  for such use.  This
compares  with cash and  short-term  investments  of  $15,364,000  and unpledged
securities  of $7,451,000 at December 31, 1996. As a percentage of total assets,
the amount of these cash equivalent assets at December

                                       35

<PAGE>



31,  1997 and 1996 was 18% and 20%,  respectively.  Normal  fluctuations  in the
deposit levels of some of the Company's large corporate  customers may result in
corresponding  fluctuations  in the  Company's  liquidity  position  (short-term
investments). On average, the Company's short-term investments, which consist of
Federal  funds sold and  interest-bearing  deposits  in other  banks,  decreased
during  1997 by  $5,725,000,  or 42%,  to  $7,887,000  for 1997 as  compared  to
$13,612,000 for 1996. In order to maintain  maximum  flexibility,  proceeds from
the  Company's  stock  offering  completed  in the  third  quarter  of 1996 were
temporarily  invested in federal funds sold at rates which were competitive with
short-term government  securities.  This coupled with normal fluctuations in the
Company's  liquidity accounted for the decrease in average federal funds sold in
1997 as  compared  to 1996.  The Bank's  liquidity  needs are  mitigated  by the
sizeable base of relatively stable funds which includes demand deposits, NOW and
money market accounts,  savings deposits and nonbrokered certificates of deposit
under $100,000  (excluding  financial  institutions  and custodial  funds raised
under  deposit  acquisition  programs)  representing  71% and 79% of the average
total  deposit base in 1997 and 1996,  respectively.  In addition,  the Bank has
unsecured lines of credit from  correspondent  financial  institutions which can
provide up to an  additional  $3,000,000 in liquidity as well as access to other
collateralized  borrowing  programs.  The Bank  maintained  an  average  loan to
deposit  ratio of 81% and 76% during 1997 and 1996,  respectively,  and accesses
collateralized  deposit  programs  through  U.S.  government  agencies  to raise
additional deposits, when liquidity needs dictate.

         Through its  membership  in the Federal  Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (the
"FHLB"),  which  serves as a reserve  or central  bank for  member  institutions
within its region,  at December  31, 1997 the Bank was  eligible to borrow up to
approximately  $1,501,000 in funds from the FHLB collateralized by loans secured
by first liens on one to four family,  multifamily  and commercial  mortgages as
well as investment  securities.  At December 31, 1997,  $1,086,000 in borrowings
from the FHLB were  outstanding.  The Bank is eligible  to increase  the maximum
amount  to be  borrowed  by  $7,499,000  with  the  purchase  of  $1,648,000  of
additional  stock in the FHLB.  The Company has  adequate  resources to meet its
liquidity needs.

         Net increases in deposit  levels and short-term  borrowings,  comprised
the majority of the Company's  net cash inflows from  financing  activities  for
1997,  as increases  in deposits  totaled  $17,106,000.  Loan  originations  and
security purchases exceeded  curtailments and repayments of loans and maturities
and scheduled amortization of securities during 1997,  constituting the majority
of the Company's cash outflows from investing activities.

         Stockholders' Equity

         During 1996,  the Company  completed a stock offering  issuing  795,500
shares at a price of $8.75 per share,  resulting  in net proceeds to the Company
of $6,019,000 after underwriting  discounts,  commissions and expenses. Of these
proceeds,  $219,000 was used to fund a loan to The Adams  National Bank Employee
Stock Ownership Plan with 401(k)  Provisions  ("ESOP") to purchase stock in that
public offering.  Immediately prior to the stock offering, the Company increased
the  number of shares of  authorized  Common  Stock from  800,000 to  5,000,000,
reduced the par value to $0.01 per share and issued a three-for-one  stock split
in the form of a stock  dividend of two shares of Common Stock for each share of
Common Stock issued and

                                       36

<PAGE>



outstanding.  As of July 12,  1996,  the  effective  date of the  offering,  the
Company's Common Stock was approved for listing on the Nasdaq National Market.

         Stockholders'  equity at December 31, 1997 of  $13,030,000  reflected a
decrease of $110,000 from the balance at December 31, 1996 of  $13,140,000  as a
result of the Company  declaring  dividends during the year of $489,000 which is
in  excess  of  net  income  of  $342,000.  Average  stockholders'  equity  as a
percentage of average total assets for 1997 was 11.38% as compared to 10.06% for
the comparable prior year period.

         The  following  table  presents the  Company's  and the Bank's  capital
position  relative to their various  minimum  statutory and  regulatory  capital
requirements  at December  31,  1997.  The  Company and the Bank are  considered
"well-capitalized" under regulatory guidelines.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         Minimum
                                           Company                  Bank                 Capital
                                      Amount       Ratio    Amount       Ratio         Requirements
                                      ------       -----    ------       -----         ------------
                                 (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                 <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>               <C>   

Leverage ratio 1                    $ 13,044     11.09%    $ 8,610      7.49%             4.00%
Tier 1 risk-based ratio 2             13,044     13.76       8,610      9.37              4.00
Total risk-based ratio 2              14,186     14.97       9,727     10.59              8.00
</TABLE>
- ----------
1   Based on annual average assets
2   Based on risk-adjusted assets


Changes in Accounting Principles

         For a discussion of changes in accounting principles, see Note 1 of the
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


Change of Accountants
         In  August  1996,  as a  result  of the  recommendation  of  the  Audit
Committee  to solicit bids for  accounting  services,  KPMG Peat  Marwick  LLP's
appointment as principal  accountants  for the Company was terminated and Arthur
Andersen LLP was engaged as the Company's principal accountants. This engagement
was approved by the Audit  Committee of the Board of  Directors.  In  connection
with the audit for the year ended  December 31, 1995 and the  subsequent  period
through  August 27, 1996,  there were no  disagreements  with KPMG on accounting
principles or practices,  financial statement  disclosure or auditing procedures
which would have caused them to make reference in connection  with their opinion
to the subject matter of the  disagreement.  Their audit reports for that period
did not  contain  any  adverse  opinion,  disclaimer  of  opinion,  or were they
qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.

Factors Affecting Future Results

         In  addition  to  historical  information,  this Form  10-KSB  includes
certain forward-looking  statements that involve risks and uncertainties such as
statements of the Company's plans,

                                       37

<PAGE>



expectations  and unknown  outcomes.  The Company's  actual results could differ
materially from management expectations.  Factors that could contribute to those
differences  include,  but are not  limited  to,  general  economic  conditions,
legislative and regulatory changes,  monetary and fiscal policies of the federal
government,  changes in tax policies, rates and regulations of federal and local
tax  authorities,  changes in interest rates,  deposit flows, the cost of funds,
demand for loan products, demand for financial services, competition, changes in
the quality or composition of the Bank's loan and investment portfolios, changes
in ownership  status  resulting in, among other things,  the loss of eligibility
for  participation  in  government  and  corporate  programs  for  minority  and
women-owned  banks,  uncertainties  with  respect to costs which the Company may
incur  as  result  of  litigation  against  Mr.  Reynolds  and  certain  related
stockholders (the "Reynolds Group"),  uncertainties with respect to policies and
strategies undertaken and costs incurred following a change in control,  changes
in  accounting   principles,   policies  or  guidelines,   and  other  economic,
competitive,  governmental  and  technological  factors  affecting the Company's
operations, markets, products, services and prices.


Item 7.           Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.


                      ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC.
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                                        Page

Report of Independent Public Accountants.................................39

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of
  December 31, 1997 and 1996.............................................40

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the
  years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995...........................41

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for
  the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995.......................43

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the
  years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995...........................44

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements...............................46


                                       38

<PAGE>


Report of Independent Public Accountants

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Abigail Adams National Bancorp, Inc.

We have audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance sheets of Abigail Adams
National Bancorp,  Inc. and subsidiary as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the
related consolidated  statements of operations,  changes in stockholders' equity
and cash flows for the two years ended  December  31, 1997.  These  consolidated
financial  statements are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our
responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  these  consolidated  financial
statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly,  in all  material  respects,  the  financial  position of Abigail  Adams
National  Bancorp,  Inc. and subsidiary as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 and the
results  of their  operations  and their  cash  flows  for the two  years  ended
December 31, 1997, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Arthur Andersen LLP

Washington, D.C.
January 27, 1998 (except with respect to the matter  discussed in Note 19, as to
which the date is March 30, 1998) 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Report of Independent Public Accountants

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Abigail Adams National Bancorp, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of operations,  changes
in stockholders'  equity and cash flows of Abigail Adams National Bancorp,  Inc.
and  subsidiary  for the  year  ended  December  31,  1995.  These  consolidated
financial  statements  are the  responsibility  of the  Abigail  Adams  National
Bancorp, Inc.'s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements based on our audit.

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly,  in all material  respects,  the results of operations and cash flows of
Abigail Adams National Bancorp,  Inc. and subsidiary for the year ended December
31, 1995, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

Washington, D.C.
January 26, 1996





                                       39

<PAGE>






               ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                           Consolidated Balance Sheets
                           December 31, 1997 and 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         1997                  1996
                                                                                       -------              --------
Assets
<S>                                                                                <C>                   <C>          
Cash and due from banks                                                            $   7,654,347         $   9,785,132
Short-term investments:
  Federal funds sold                                                                   6,450,000             4,100,000
  Interest-bearing deposits in other banks                                             1,781,000             1,479,000
                                                                                       ----------            ---------
    Total short-term investments                                                       8,231,000             5,579,000

Securities available for sale                                                         20,452,799            11,205,282
Investment securities (market value of $7,532,256 and $11,679,607
  for 1997 and 1996, respectively)                                                     7,508,850            11,640,813

Loans (net of deferred fees and unearned discounts)                                   85,313,591            73,013,413
  Less:  Allowance for loan losses                                                    (1,141,719)           (1,048,487)
                                                                                      -----------           -----------

      Loans, net                                                                      84,171,872            71,964,926
                                                                                     ------------          -----------

Bank premises and equipment, net                                                        1,252,413              840,051
Other assets                                                                            1,967,733            1,147,100
                                                                                    -------------         ------------
      Total assets                                                                  $ 131,239,014        $ 112,162,304
                                                                                    =============        =============

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Liabilities:
  Deposits:
    Demand deposits                                                                $  27,184,087         $  23,678,374
    NOW accounts                                                                       9,880,968             8,039,994
    Money market accounts                                                             26,969,638            29,533,210
    Savings accounts                                                                   1,898,721             1,379,554
    Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or greater                                    25,255,095            15,657,818
    Certificates of deposit less than $100,000                                        21,072,887            16,865,790
                                                                                    -------------          -----------
      Total deposits                                                                 112,261,396            95,154,740
                                                                                     ------------          -----------

  Short-term borrowings                                                                3,489,263             1,916,689
  Long-term borrowings/debt                                                            1,085,936             1,138,815
  Other liabilities                                                                    1,372,681               811,863
                                                                                   --------------        -------------
      Total liabilities                                                              118,209,276            99,022,107
                                                                                     ------------          -----------

Commitments and contingent liabilities

Stockholders' equity:
  Common stock, par value $0.01 per share,  authorized 5,000,000 shares;  issued
     1,655,906 shares in 1997 and 1,654,712 shares in 1996;
     outstanding 1,651,226 shares in 1997 and 1,650,032 shares in 1996                    16,559                16,547
  Surplus                                                                             12,187,657            12,172,435
  Retained earnings                                                                    1,044,369             1,191,706
                                                                                     ------------            ---------
                                                                                      13,248,585            13,380,688
  Less:  Employee Stock Ownership Plan shares, 20,086 shares in 1997 and
     20,319 shares in 1996, at cost                                                     (175,757)             (177,791)
  Less:  Treasury stock, 4,680 shares at cost                                            (28,710)              (28,710)
  Less:  Unrealized loss on securities, net of taxes                                     (14,380)              (33,990)
                                                                                    -------------        -------------

      Total stockholders' equity                                                      13,029,738            13,140,197
                                                                                     ------------         ------------

      Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                                   $ 131,239,014         $ 112,162,304
                                                                                   ==============        =============
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
  
                                     40

<PAGE>
               ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                      Consolidated Statements of Operations
                  Years Ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                 1997                1996               1995
                                                                                ------              ------             ------
Interest income
<S>                                                                          <C>                <C>                <C>        
  Interest and fees on loans                                                 $ 7,879,610        $ 6,072,500        $  5,902,325

  Interest on securities available for sale:
    U.S. Treasury                                                                 31,582             48,098             175,979
    Obligations of U.S. government agencies and corporations                     652,203            207,408             128,954
                                                                                 -------            --------         ----------
        Total interest on securities available for sale                          683,785            255,506             304,933

  Interest and dividends on investment securities:
    U.S. Treasury                                                                 59,787             49,700              69,417
    Obligations of U.S. government agencies and corporations                     481,328            394,780             413,396
    Mortgage-backed securities                                                     8,390             27,705              38,539
    Obligations of states and municipalities                                      15,965              1,907                  --
    Other securities                                                              32,797             25,468              32,460
                                                                                --------           ---------           --------
        Total interest and dividends on investment securities                    598,267            499,560             553,812


  Interest on short-term investments:
    Federal funds sold                                                           352,235            692,614             130,069
    Deposits with other banks                                                     88,633             53,044              22,920
                                                                               ---------           ---------          ---------
        Total interest on short-term investments                                 440,868            745,658             152,989
                                                                                --------          ----------            -------
        Total interest income                                                  9,602,530          7,573,224           6,914,059
                                                                              ----------         -----------          ---------
Interest expense
  Interest on deposits:
    NOW accounts                                                                 182,782           194,092              249,377
    Money market accounts                                                      1,128,860         1,028,668              812,916
    Savings accounts                                                              42,979            34,182               31,060
    Certificates of deposit:
      $100,000 or greater                                                      1,206,372           583,180              698,356
      Less than $100,000                                                       1,048,540           970,818              845,681
                                                                             -----------        ------------         ----------
        Total interest on deposits                                             3,609,533         2,810,940            2,637,390
  Interest on short-term borrowings:
    Federal funds purchased and
      repurchase agreements                                                      134,909           104,532              88,871
    Other short-term borrowings                                                     --                --                 6,364
                                                                          --------------    ----------------        ----------
        Total interest on short-term borrowings                                  134,909           104,532              95,235
  Interest on long-term borrowings/debt                                           77,162            17,435              13,969
                                                                               ---------        ------------        ----------
        Total interest expense                                                 3,821,604         2,932,907           2,746,594
                                                                               ---------        ------------        ----------
        Net interest income                                                    5,780,926         4,640,317           4,167,465
Benefit for loan losses                                                             --            (275,000)                 --
                                                                         ---------------         -----------    --------------
       Net interest income after provision for
         loan losses                                                           5,780,926         4,915,317           4,167,465
                                                                               ---------        ------------        ----------

                                                                                                                    (Continued)
</TABLE>

                                       41

<PAGE>



               ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                Consolidated Statements of Operations (Continued)
                  Years Ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                 1997                1996                1995
                                                                               --------            --------            ------
Other income
<S>                                                                            <C>                  <C>                <C>    
  Service charges on deposit accounts                                          1,125,694            788,207            737,059
  Other income                                                                    78,403            164,996            103,712
                                                                              ----------          ----------          --------
        Total other income                                                     1,204,097            953,203            840,771
                                                                               ---------          ----------         ---------

Other expense
  Salaries and employee benefits                                               2,255,446          1,904,873          1,649,071
  Occupancy and equipment expense                                              1,008,792            777,513            698,570
  Professional fees                                                            1,289,650            143,357            353,205
  Data processing fees                                                           495,455            358,555            299,580
  Other operating expense                                                      1,369,346            909,098            781,000
                                                                               ---------         -----------          --------

        Total other expense                                                    6,418,689          4,093,396          3,781,426
                                                                               ---------          ----------         ---------

       Income before taxes                                                       566,334          1,775,124          1,226,810
Applicable income tax expense                                                    224,507            647,819            267,912
                                                                               ---------         -----------      ------------

        Net income                                                          $    341,827      $   1,127,305          $ 958,898
                                                                            ============      ==============         =========



Earnings per common share:

        Basic earnings per common share                                         $   0.21           $   0.94             $ 1.12
                                                                                ========           =========            ======
        Diluted earnings per common share                                        $  0.20            $  0.92             $ 1.12
                                                                                 =======            ========            ======


Average shares outstanding for computation of:

        Basic earnings                                                         1,630,665           1,200,803            854,532
        Diluted earnings                                                       1,673,897           1,219,505            854,532

</TABLE>


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                       42

<PAGE>



               ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
           Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
                  Years Ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               Employee     Unrealized
                                                      Additional      Retained                 Stock         Gain
                                          Common         Paid-in      Earnings     Treasury    Ownership     (Loss) on
                                           Stock         Capital     (Deficit)        Stock     Plan        Securities      Total
                                           -----         -------     ---------        -----     ----        ----------      -----

<S>                                 <C>             <C>            <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>        
Balance at January 1, 1995          $ 2,864,040     $ 3,291,973    $ (284,646)   $ (28,710)   $     ---     $ (80,387)  $ 5,762,270
  Change in par value of common
     stock                           (2,861,176)      2,861,176           ---          ---          ---           ---           ---
  Shares issued in three-for-one
     stock split in the form of a
     stock dividend                       5,728          (5,728)          ---          ---          ---           ---           ---

  Net income                                ---             ---       958,898          ---          ---           ---       958,898
  Dividends declared                        ---             ---      (142,422)         ---          ---           ---      (142,422)
  Unrealized gain on securities,
    net of taxes                            ---             ---           ---          ---          ---        40,120        40,120
                                      ----------      ----------   ----------      -------    ----------     ---------   ----------

Balance at December 31,1995               8,592       6,147,421       531,830      (28,710)         ---       (40,267)    6,618,866
  Net income                                ---             ---     1,127,305          ---          ---           ---     1,127,305
  Dividends declared                        ---             ---      (467,429)         ---          ---           ---      (467,429)
  Issuance of 795,500 shares
    of common stock, net                  7,955       6,010,973           ---          ---          ---           ---     6,018,928
  Employee Stock Ownership
    Plan, 25,000 shares                     ---             ---           ---          ---     (218,750)          ---      (218,750)
  Release of shares under
    Employee Stock Ownership
    Plan, 4,681 shares                      ---           14,041          ---          ---       40,959           ---        55,000
  Unrealized gain on securities,
     net of taxes                             ---               ---              ---                       ---    6,277       6,277
                                    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ---------

Balance at December 31, 1996              16,547      12,172,435    1,191,706      (28,710)    (177,791)      (33,990)   13,140,197
  Net income                                ---             ---       341,827          ---          ---           ---       341,827
  Dividends declared                        ---             ---      (489,164)         ---          ---           ---      (489,164)
  Issuance of shares under Employee
    Incentive Stock Option Plan               12           9,755          ---          ---          ---           ---         9,767
  Release of shares under
    Employee Stock Ownership
    Plan, 233 shares                        ---            5,467          ---          ---         2,034          ---         7,501
  Unrealized gain on securities,
     net of taxes                           ---             ---           ---          ---          ---        19,610        19,610
                                    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ----------

Balance at December 31, 1997            $ 16,559     $12,187,657   $1,044,369    $ (28,710)   $(175,757)    $ (14,380)   $13,029,738
                                        ========     ===========   ===========   ==========   ==========    ==========   ===========

</TABLE>


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                       43

<PAGE>



               ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                  Years Ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       1997                       1996                     1995
                                                                    ----------                 ---------                 -------
Operating Activities
<S>                                                               <C>                       <C>                          <C>      
Net income                                                        $   341,827               $ 1,127,305                  $ 958,898
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
  provided by operating activities:
    Benefit for loan losses                                              --                    (275,000)                      --
    KSOP compensation expense paid in stock                            6,203                        --                        --
    Depreciation and amortization                                    308,584                    164,475                   146,084
    Profit sharing contribution of ESOP shares                           --                      55,000                       --
    Gain on sale of other real estate                                    --                     (27,181)                      --
    Accretion of loan discounts and fees                            (194,242)                  (122,194)                 (106,116)
    Amortization and accretion of discounts and
      premiums on securities                                        (164,508)                  (10,200)                    19,097
    Benefit (provision) for deferred income taxes                     54,351                     31,174                  (300,227)
    Increase (decrease) in other assets                             (874,984)                   (25,514)                  369,045
    Increase (decrease) in other liabilities                         709,748                      5,175                   (11,874)
                                                                   ----------                  ---------               -----------
      Net cash provided by operating activities                      186,979                    923,040                  1,074,907
                                                                   ----------                   --------              ------------

Investing Activities
Proceeds from repayment and maturity
  of investment securities                                         6,150,000                  5,300,000                 1,888,400
Proceeds from maturity of securities
  available for sale                                              18,810,000                  9,000,000                10,000,000
Proceeds from repayment of mortgage-
  backed securities                                                   64,762                    117,452                   126,951
Purchase of investment securities                                 (2,058,500)                (8,830,713)               (1,092,225)
Purchase of securities available for sale                        (27,884,125)               (14,710,872)               (9,485,625)
Net decrease (increase) in interest-bearing deposits
  in other banks                                                    (302,000)                  (992,285)                    4,000
Principal collected on loans                                      17,890,513                 12,858,837                14,072,132
Loans originated                                                 (30,528,260)               (19,815,190)              (12,771,600)
Net increase in short-term loans                                     (64,981)                  (200,684)                  (96,137)
Net decrease (increase) in lines of credit                           690,025                 (2,331,395)               (3,936,146)
Purchase of bank premises and equipment                             (720,946)                  (727,009)                  (54,383)
Investment in other real estate                                          --                     (78,250)                      --
Proceeds from disposition of other real estate                             --                   344,562                        --
                                                               ----------------            --------------        -----------------
      Net cash used by investing activities                      (17,953,512)               (20,065,547)               (1,344,633)
                                                                 ------------               ------------              ------------

Financing Activities
Net increase in transaction and savings deposits                   3,302,282                  9,134,873                4,361,262
Proceeds from issuance of time deposits                           54,949,563                 23,785,579               40,745,855
Payments for maturing time deposits                              (41,145,189)               (20,828,907)             (37,337,424)
Net increase in short-term borrowings                              1,572,574                    131,287                1,424,694
Payments on long-term debt                                               --                    (186,250)                 (74,500)
Proceeds from other long-term borrowings                                 --                   1,143,000                       --
Payments on other long-term borrowings                               (52,879)                    (4,185)                      --
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of expenses                9,767                  6,018,928                       --
Loan to Employee Stock Ownership Plan                                    --                    (218,750)                      --
Cash dividends paid to common stockholders                          (650,370)                  (376,136)                 ( 71,211)
                                                                 ------------             --------------               -----------
      Net cash provided by financing activities                   17,985,748                 18,599,439                 9,048,676
                                                                  -----------              -------------                ---------
      Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents               219,215                   (543,068)                8,778,950
      Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year              13,885,132                 14,428,200                 5,649,250
                                                                 ------------                -----------              -----------
      Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                  $ 14,104,347               $ 13,885,132              $ 14,428,200
                                                                =============              =============             ============
</TABLE>

                                       44

<PAGE>



               ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                  Years Ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                1997                       1996                      1995
                                                             ----------                 ----------                -------

Supplementary disclosures:

<S>                                                         <C>                      <C>                       <C>          
  Interest paid on deposits and borrowings                  $ 3,659,897              $   2,928,906             $   2,711,626
                                                            ===========              =============             =============

  Income taxes paid                                           $ 798,600             $      651,600            $      327,593
                                                              =========             ==============            ==============

</TABLE>










See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                       45

<PAGE>



               ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                           December 31, 1997 and 1996

1.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
    Abigail Adams National  Bancorp,  Inc. (the "Company") and its  wholly-owned
    subsidiary,  The Adams National Bank (the "Bank"),  prepare their  financial
    statements on the accrual basis and in conformity  with  generally  accepted
    accounting   principles.   The  more  significant  accounting  policies  are
    explained  below.  As used  herein,  the term the Company  includes the Bank
    unless the context otherwise requires.

    (a)      Principles of Consolidation
             The consolidated  financial  statements include the accounts of the
             Company and the Bank.  All  significant  intercompany  accounts and
             transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

    (b)      Cash and Cash Equivalents
             The Company has defined cash and cash  equivalents as those amounts
             included in cash and due from banks and Federal funds sold.

    (c)      Securities
             Management determines the appropriate classifications of securities
             at the time of  purchase.  Securities  which  the  Company  has the
             ability and the intent to hold until  maturity  are  classified  as
             investment  securities and reported at amortized  cost.  Securities
             bought and held  principally for the purpose of selling them in the
             near term are  classified  as trading  and  reported at fair market
             value  with  unrealized  gains and  losses  included  in  earnings.
             Securities  which are not classified as trading or held to maturity
             are classified as available for sale and are reported at fair value
             with unrealized  gains and losses reported as a separate  component
             of  stockholders'  equity.  Unrealized gains and losses reflect the
             difference  between  fair market  value and  amortized  cost of the
             individual securities as of the reporting date. The unrealized loss
             on securities recognized had the effect of decreasing the Company's
             stockholders'  equity by approximately  $14,000 and $34,000, net of
             tax, at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.  The Company does
             not maintain a trading account.

             Premiums  and  discounts   are  amortized   using  a  method  which
             approximates  the  effective  interest  method over the term of the
             security.

    (d)      Loans
             Loans are stated at their unpaid principal amount,  net of unearned
             discount and deferred loan fees and costs.

             The Company  discontinues  the accrual of interest  when the timely
             collection of principal or interest is doubtful,  generally  when a
             loan which is well secured  becomes 90 days past due or  management
             becomes aware of other circumstances which indicate that accrual of
             interest is no longer appropriate. Accrued interest at that date on
             such  loans  is  either  charged  against  current  income  or  the
             allowance  for loan losses.  Interest  accruals are resumed on such
             loans when they are brought  fully current with respect to interest
             and  principal or when,  in the judgment of  management,  the loans
             have  demonstrated a new period of performance and are estimated to
             be fully collectible as to both principal and interest.  Loans, and
             the related  accrued  interest,  which are past due 90 days or more
             which are not  well-secured  are charged to the  allowance for loan
             losses.

             The Company  adopted SFAS No. 114,  "Accounting  by  Creditors  for
             Impairment of a Loan" on January 1, 1995,  which  defines  impaired
             loans as specifically  reviewed loans for which it is probable that
             the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due  according to
             the  terms of the loan  agreement.  The  Company's  impaired  loans
             generally  are defined as  nonaccrual,  restructured  and potential
             problem  loans as detailed  in Note 4. Per SFAS No.  114,  impaired
             loans do not include  large  groups of smaller  balance  loans with
             similar collateral characteristics such as residential mortgage and
             consumer  installment loans,  which are evaluated  collectively for
             impairment.  Impaired loans are therefore primarily  commercial and
             industrial loans, real estate-commercial  mortgage and construction
             and development loans.

    

                                       46

<PAGE>


    (e)   Allowance for Loan Losses
          The allowance for loan losses is a current estimate of the anticipated
          losses in the present loan  portfolio.  The  allowance is increased by
          provisions  charged  to  operating  expenses  and  decreased  by  loan
          charge-offs, net of recoveries. The allowance for loan losses is based
          on  management's  evaluation of several  factors,  including loan loss
          experience,  composition  and  volume of the loan  portfolio,  overall
          portfolio  quality,  review of  specific  problem  loans  and  current
          economic trends and specific conditions that may effect the borrower's
          ability  to pay.  In  addition,  various  regulatory  agencies,  as an
          integral part of their examination  process,  periodically  review the
          Company's  allowance  for loan losses.  Such  agencies may require the
          Company  to  recognize  additions  to the  allowance  based  on  their
          judgments  about  information  available  to them at the time of their
          examination.  Management  believes that the current allowance for loan
          losses is adequate to absorb  losses that are  inherent in the current
          loan portfolio.

          The  specific  reserves  for  impaired  loans,  under  SFAS No. 114 at
          December  31,  1997,  are  included in the  allowance  for loan losses
          discussed above.  Impaired loans are valued based on the fair value of
          the related collateral if the loans are collateral dependent,  and for
          all other  impaired  loans,  the  specific  reserves  approximate  the
          present values of expected future cash flows discounted at each loan's
          initial effective interest rate.

     (f)  Loan  Origination  Fees and Costs
          All fee income received from loan origination and purchases as well as
          costs directly attributable to the loan origination are deferred.  The
          net deferred  fees are amortized  into  interest  income on loans as a
          yield  adjustment  over the estimated life of the loan.  Deferred fees
          and costs are not amortized during periods in which interest income is
          not being recognized because of concerns about the realization of loan
          principal or interest.  Discounts obtained on loans purchased from the
          FDIC as receiver for other banks are considered  credit  discounts and
          are not  amortized  into income  until such time as a periodic  credit
          evaluation deems that the discount, or a portion thereof, is no longer
          necessary or until such time as the loans have paid off. If the credit
          evaluation  deems all or some of the discount is no longer  necessary,
          it is then amortized into interest on loans as a yield adjustment over
          the remaining estimated life of the loan.

     (g)  Depreciation
          Depreciation  of Bank  premises  and  equipment  is computed  over the
          estimated useful lives of the respective assets, ranging from three to
          five years, on the  straight-line  basis.  Leasehold  improvements are
          amortized on a straight-line  basis over the estimated useful lives of
          the respective assets or the terms of the respective leases, whichever
          is shorter.  Expenditures  for major renewals and  betterments of Bank
          premises  and  equipment  are   capitalized  at  cost  and  those  for
          maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.

     (h)  Accounting  for  Transfers  and  Servicing  of  Financial  Assets  and
          Extinguishments of Liabilities
          In  June  1996,  the  Financial   Accounting  Standards  Board  issued
          Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 125, "Accounting for
          Transfers and  Servicing of Financial  Assets and  Extinguishments  of
          Liabilities"  (SFAS No.  125).  SFAS No. 125 provides  accounting  and
          reporting  standards for  transfers and servicing of financial  assets
          and  extinguishments of liabilities,  based on a financial  components
          approach  that  focuses  on  control.  Under  this  approach,  after a
          transfer of  financial  assets,  financial  and  servicing  assets are
          recognized if controlled,  or liabilities  are recognized if incurred.
          Financial  and  servicing  assets are removed  from the  statement  of
          condition  when  control has been  surrendered,  and  liabilities  are
          removed  when  extinguished.  SFAS No. 125 was  effective  and adopted
          January  1, 1997,  and was  applied  prospectively.  In  addition,  in
          December  1996,  SFAS No.  127,  "Deferral  of the  Effective  Date of
          Certain Provisions of FASB Statement No. 125" was issued. SFAS No. 127
          deferred  implementation  of certain  portions of SFAS No. 125 for one
          year relating primarily to repurchase  agreements,  securities lending
          and  comparable  transactions.  The  Company  did not  experience  any
          material  effect on its  financial  position or results of  operations
          from this  implementation,  and does not expect any when the remainder
          is implemented on January 1, 1998.

     (i)  Earnings Per Share
          In  March  1997,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  issued
          Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 128,  "Earnings Per
          Share"  (SFAS No.  128).  SFAS No. 128,  which  supersedes  Accounting
          Principles Board Opinion No. 15 ("APB No. 15"),  conforms earnings per
          share  to the  international  standards,  as  well as  simplifies  the
          computation  under APB No. 15. Basic  earnings per share is calculated
          by dividing net income after deduction for preferred stock  dividends,
          if any,  by the  weighted  average  number of shares of common  stock.
          Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income, after
          deduction  for  preferred  stock  dividends,  if any, by the  weighted
          average number of shares of common stock and common stock equivalents,
          unless  determined to be  anti-dilutive.  The weighted  average shares
          outstanding  were 1,630,665,  1,200,803 and 854,532 for 1997, 1996 and
          1995,

                                       47

<PAGE>



             respectively. The dilutive effect of stock option plans on weighted
             average shares  outstanding  was 43,232,  18,702 and 0 for the same
             periods.

    (j)      Reporting Comprehensive Income
             In June 1997,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  issued
             Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 130,  "Reporting
             Comprehensive  Income"  (SFAS No. 130).  SFAS No. 130 requires that
             certain  financial  activity  typically  disclosed in stockholders'
             equity be reported in the financial  statements as an adjustment to
             net income in determining comprehensive income. Items applicable to
             the Company would include unrealized gains and losses on securities
             available for sale. Items identified as comprehensive income should
             be reported in the  statements of condition  and the  statements of
             changes in stockholders' equity, under separate captions.  SFAS No.
             130 is effective  for the Company on January 1, 1998  including the
             restatement  of  prior  periods   reported   consistent  with  this
             pronouncement.  The Company does not anticipate any material impact
             from the implementation of SFAS No. 130.

    (k)      Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information
             In June 1997,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  issued
             Statement of Financial Accounting  Standards No. 131,  "Disclosures
             about Segments of an Enterprise and Related  Information" (SFAS No.
             131).  SFAS No. 131  requires  the  reporting  of selected  segment
             information  in  quarterly  and annual  reports.  Information  from
             operating  segments is derived from  methods used by the  Company's
             management  to  allocate  resources  and measure  performance.  The
             Company is  required  to  disclose  profit and loss,  revenues  and
             assets for each segment  identified  including  reconciliations  of
             these items to consolidated totals. The Company is also required to
             disclose  the basis for  identifying  the segments and the types of
             products  and  services  within  each  segment.  SFAS  No.  131  is
             effective  for the  Company  on  January  1,  1998,  including  the
             restatement  of  prior  periods   reported   consistent  with  this
             pronouncement,  if practical.  The Company does not  anticipate any
             material impact from the implementation of SFAS No. 131.

    (l)      Employers' Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement 
             Benefits
             In February 1998, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued
             Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 132, "Employers'
             Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement  Benefits - an
             amendment of FASB  Statements  No. 87, 88 and 106" (SFAS No. 132).
             SFAS No. 132  revises  employers'  disclosures  about  pension and
             other postretirement benefit plans. It standardizes the disclosure
             requirement  for  pensions and other  postretirement  benefits and
             requires   additional   information  on  changes  in  the  benefit
             obligations  and fair  values of plan  assets.  SFAS No.  132 also
             eliminates certain disclosures which were required by SFAS No. 87,
             "Employers'  Accounting  for Pensions",  SFAS No. 88,  "Employers'
             Accounting for  Settlements  and  Curtailments  of Defined Benefit
             Pension  Plans and for  Termination  Benefits,"  and SFAS No. 106,
             "Employers'  Accounting  for  Postretirement  Benefits  Other Than
             Pensions." SFAS No. 132 is effective for the Company on January 1,
             1998. The Company does not anticipate any material impact from the
             implementation of SFAS No. 132.

    (m)      Risks and Uncertainties
             The  Company  is  subject  to  competition   from  other  financial
             institutions,  and is also  subject to the  regulations  of certain
             federal  agencies  and  undergoes  periodic  examination  by  those
             regulatory authorities.

             The financial  statements  have been  prepared in  conformity  with
             generally  accepted   accounting   principles.   In  preparing  the
             financial statements,  management is required to make estimates and
             assumptions   that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and
             liabilities  as of the date of the balance  sheet and  revenues and
             expenses for the period.  Actual results could differ significantly
             from those estimates.

             Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant
             change  in  the  near-term  relate  to  the  determination  of  the
             allowance for loan losses and the valuation of real estate acquired
             in connection  with  foreclosures  or in  satisfaction of loans. In
             connection with the determination of the allowances for loan losses
             and other real estate,  management periodically obtains independent
             appraisals for significant properties.

    (n)      Reclassifications
             Certain  reclassifications  have  been made to  amounts  previously
             reported in 1996 and 1995 to conform with the 1997 presentation.


2.  Restrictions on Cash Balances
    Included  in cash and due from  banks are  balances  maintained  within  the
    Company to satisfy legally required  reserves and to compensate for services
    provided from correspondent  banks.  Balances  maintained totaled $1,749,000
    and $1,543,000 at

                                       48

<PAGE>



    December 31, 1997 and 1996,  respectively.  There were no other  withdrawal,
    usage restrictions or legally required compensating balances at December 31,
    1997 or 1996.


3.  Securities
    Investment  securities  at  December  31,  1997 and 1996 are  summarized  as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                    1997
                                                        ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                             Gross           Gross
                                                          Adjusted         Unrealized       Unrealized          Market
                                                         Cost Basis           Gains           Losses             Value
                                                         ----------           -----           ------             -----
    U.S. Treasury:
<S>                                                    <C>                    <C>        <C>                <C>         
         Within one year                               $    499,943           $ 1,307    $         --       $    501,250
         After one, but within five years                 1,000,000               --               --          1,000,000
                                                          ---------         ---------    -------------         ---------
             Total                                        1,499,943             1,307              --          1,501,250
                                                          ---------            ------    -------------         ---------

    Obligations of U.S. government
     agencies and corporations:
         Within one year                                  3,489,283            10,105              --          3,499,388
         After one, but within five years                 1,497,724               --               224         1,497,500
                                                          ---------         ---------           ------         ---------
             Total                                        4,987,007            10,105              224         4,996,888
                                                          ---------            ------           ------         ---------

    Obligations of states and municipalities:
         After ten years                                    310,000             3,602              --            313,602
                                                          ---------          --------        ---------         ---------

    Mortgage-backed securities:
       Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corp.:
         After one, but within five years                   196,300             8,616              --            204,916
                                                          ---------          --------        ---------         ---------
    Corporate securities (1)                                 12,500               --               --             12,500
                                                         ----------       -----------        ---------         ---------
    Federal Reserve Bank Stock (1)                          173,200               --               --            173,200
                                                          ---------       -----------        ---------           -------
    Federal Home Loan Bank Stock (1)                        329,900               --               --            329,900
                                                          ---------       -----------        ---------           -------
             Total investment securities                $ 7,508,850          $ 23,630          $   224       $ 7,532,256
                                                        ===========          ========          =======       ===========

</TABLE>


                                       49

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                       1996
                                                       -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              Gross           Gross
                                                           Adjusted         Unrealized       Unrealized          Market
                                                          Cost Basis           Gains           Losses             Value
    U.S. Treasury:
<S>                                                     <C>                <C>            <C>               <C>          
         Within one year                                $    500,000       $     1,094    $         --      $     501,094
         After one, but within five years                    499,789             2,711              --            502,500
                                                       -------------       -----------    -------------     -------------
             Total                                           999,789             3,805              --          1,003,594
                                                       -------------       -----------    -------------      ------------

    Obligations of U.S. government
     agencies and corporations:
         Within one year                                   1,150,680             1,508              --          1,152,188
         After one, but within five years                  8,454,924            32,204          10,198          8,476,930
                                                          ----------         ---------      -----------       -----------
             Total                                         9,605,604            33,712          10,198          9,629,118
                                                          ----------         ---------      ----------        -----------

    Obligations of states and municipalities:
         After ten years                                     310,000               244              --            310,244
                                                         -----------       ----------- ----------------      ------------

    Mortgage-backed securities:
       Federal National Mortgage Association:
         Within one year                                       5,781               123              --              5,904
      Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corp.:
         After one, but within five years                    262,539            11,108                 --         273,647
                                                          ----------         ---------        ------------     ----------
             Total                                           268,320            11,231              --            279,551
                                                          ----------         ---------     ------------        ----------
    Corporate securities 1                                    12,500                --               --            12,500
                                                          ----------     -------------     ------------        ----------
    Federal Reserve Bank Stock 1                             162,700                --               --           162,700
                                                          ----------     -------------     ------------        ----------
    Federal Home Loan Bank Stock 1                           281,900                --               --           281,900
                                                          ----------     -------------     ------------        ----------
             Total investment securities                $ 11,640,813          $ 48,992       $   10,198      $ 11,679,607
                                                        ============          ========       ==========      ============
</TABLE>

- ----------
1      Corporate  securities,  Federal  Reserve  Bank and Federal Home Loan Bank
       Stocks have no stated maturities.

    Securities  available for sale at December 31, 1997 and 1996 are  summarized
below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                       1997
                                                       -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              Gross           Gross
                                                           Adjusted         Unrealized       Unrealized          Market
                                                          Cost Basis           Gains           Losses             Value
    U.S. Treasury:
<S>                                                    <C>                  <C>           <C>               <C>          
         After one, but within five years              $   1,009,138        $      237    $       --        $   1,009,375
                                                       -------------        ----------    -------------     -------------

    Obligations of U.S. government
         Within one year                                   5,933,057             2,347              887         5,934,517
         After one, but within five years                 13,523,289             2,876           17,258        13,508,907
                                                         -----------           -------         --------      ------------
                                                          19,456,346             5,223           18,145        19,443,424
                                                         -----------           -------         --------      ------------

             Total                                      $ 20,465,484          $  5,460         $ 18,145      $ 20,452,799
                                                        ============          ========         ========      ============

</TABLE>


                                       50

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                1996
                                                                                ----
                                                                         Gross           Gross
                                                      Adjusted         Unrealized       Unrealized          Market
                                                     Cost Basis           Gains           Losses             Value
                                                     ----------           -----           ------             -----
    Obligations of U.S. government
     agencies and corporations:
<S>                                               <C>                 <C>             <C>              <C>          
         Within one year                          $   8,088,415       $     2,098     $      7,411     $   8,083,102
         After one, but within five years             3,135,000               --            12,820         3,122,180
                                                   ------------      ------------        ---------       -----------
             Total                                 $ 11,223,415       $     2,098      $    20,231      $ 11,205,282
                                                   ============       ===========      ===========      ============
</TABLE>

    Securities in the amount of  approximately  $19,443,000 and $14,938,000 were
    pledged to  collateralize  public  deposits  and  repurchase  agreements  at
    December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

    The  Company  had no  securities  whose book  value as to any single  issuer
    exceeded 10% of stockholders' equity. During 1997 and 1996, the Company held
    one security totaling $310,000 which was exempt from federal taxation.

    During 1994, the Company  reclassified  $3,500,000 in securities  previously
    classified  as  available  for  sale  to the  held  to  maturity  portfolio,
    resulting in an unrealized  loss,  net of taxes,  on the date of transfer of
    approximately  $86,000.  This  unrealized  loss is  recorded  in equity  and
    amortized as a yield adjustment over the remaining terms of the reclassified
    securities.


4.  Loans
    Loans at December 31, 1997 and 1996 are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   1997                      1996
                                                                               -----------               --------
<S>                                                                            <C>                       <C>         
             Commercial and industrial                                         $ 38,979,724              $ 39,418,672
             Real estate:
               Commercial mortgage                                               38,626,975                24,840,270
               Residential mortgage                                               1,981,075                 2,630,845
               Construction and development                                       4,230,573                 4,139,569
             Installment to individuals                                           1,763,472                 2,202,615
                                                                                 -----------               ----------
                                                                                 85,581,819                73,231,971
             Less:  Deferred income and unearned discounts                         (268,228)                 (218,558)
                                                                                  ----------              ------------
               Total                                                            $ 85,313,591             $ 73,013,413
                                                                                ============             ============
</TABLE>

Loan concentrations at December 31, 1997 and 1996 are summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        1997                      1996
                                                                                        ----                      ----

<S>                                                                                      <C>                       <C>
    Service industry                                                                     34%                       38%
    Real estate development/finance                                                      31                        30
    Wholesale/retail                                                                     23                        22
    Other                                                                                12                        10
                                                                                       ------                     ----
               Total                                                                    100%                      100%
                                                                                        ====                      ====
</TABLE>

    A substantial  portion,  $61,948,000,  or approximately 73%, at December 31,
    1997, and $50,211,000,  or  approximately  69%, at December 31, 1996, of the
    Company's  loans  are  secured  by  real  estate  in  the  Washington,  D.C.
    metropolitan area. Accordingly, the ultimate collectibility of a substantial
    portion of the Company's  loan portfolio is susceptible to changes in market
    conditions in the Washington metropolitan area.


                                       51

<PAGE>



    Transactions  in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended  December
    31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  1997                       1996                     1995
                                                --------                   --------                -------

<S>                                           <C>                        <C>                   <C>        
    Balance at January 1                      $ 1,048,487                $ 1,273,965           $ 1,289,562

      Benefit for loan losses                         --                    (275,000)                  --

      Recoveries:
        Commercial                                103,533                     52,082                55,372
        Real estate: 1
          Commercial mortgage                      56,277                        680                 9,516
          Residential mortgage                          --                       --                     --
        Installment to individuals                 34,878                    111,981                33,105
                                                  ---------                 ----------             --------
            Total recoveries                      194,688                    164,743                97,993
                                                -----------                 ----------              -------

      Loans charged off:
        Commercial                                 (3,000)                   (71,937)              (14,551)
        Installment to individuals                (98,456)                   (43,284)              (99,039)
                                                  ---------                   --------              --------
            Total loans charged off              (101,456)                  (115,221)             (113,590)
                                                 ----------                  ---------             ---------
        Net recoveries (charge-offs)               93,232                     49,522               (15,597)
                                                -----------                 ---------              --------

    Balance at December 31                     $1,141,719                $ 1,048,487           $ 1,273,965
                                               ============               ============         ===========
</TABLE>


    1 The Company has had no charge-offs for construction and development loans.

    Included in the accompanying  consolidated  balance sheets are certain loans
    that are accounted for on a nonaccrual basis. These nonaccrual loans totaled
    approximately  $411,000,  $963,000 and $1,561,000 at December 31, 1997, 1996
    and 1995, respectively.  Had the loans been current in accordance with their
    original  terms,  gross  interest  income  for these  loans  would have been
    $54,000, $124,000 and $212,000 in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.  Actual
    recorded  interest income on these loans was $9,000, $0 and $40,000 in 1997,
    1996 and 1995, respectively. Nonaccrual loans include $104,000, $607,000 and
    $875,000 in loans  guaranteed by the U.S. Small Business  Administration  at
    December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995,  respectively.  These loans are guaranteed
    for an average of 90% of the outstanding  balance, or $94,000,  97.9% of the
    outstanding  balance, or $594,000,  and 84.9% of the outstanding balance, or
    $743,000 at December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. Also included in
    the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are $0, $573,000 and $1,245,000
    in loans at December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively, restructured due
    to a  deterioration  in the  financial  condition of the  borrowers.  Actual
    interest income recorded  subsequent to the date of  restructuring  on loans
    reported as  restructured  at each year-end was $0,  $63,000 and $124,000 in
    1997, 1996, and 1995,  respectively,  which is not materially different from
    that  which  would  have been  recorded  if the loans  had been  current  in
    accordance  with their original  terms.  As of year-end 1997, 1996 and 1995,
    these  loans  were   performing   substantially   in  accordance   with  the
    restructured  terms. The Company had no commitments to lend additional funds
    to  any  of  the  borrowers  whose  loans  are  recorded  as  nonaccrual  or
    restructured at December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995. At December 31, 1997, 1996
    and 1995, the Company had $103,000,  $153,000 and $6,000,  respectively,  in
    loans greater than 90 days  delinquent  which were still accruing  interest.
    These loans consisted  primarily of loans which were both adequately secured
    and in the process of collection.

    A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events,
    the  Company  deems it  probable  it will be unable to collect  all  amounts
    contractually due under the loan. The recorded  investment in impaired loans
    was $698,000, $1,955,000 and $2,790,000 at December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995,
    respectively.  Of the balance at December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, $411,000,
    $1,509,000  and  $2,775,000,  respectively,  are on nonaccrual  status or as
    restructured  loans.  Included in these amounts for December 31, 1997,  1996
    and 1995, respectively,  are $544,000, $1,855,000 and $1,631,000 of impaired
    loans for which the related impairment  allowance is $116,000,  $264,000 and
    $416,000.  Loans that do not have an  impairment  allowance  were  $154,000,
    $100,000 and $1,037,000 at December 31, 1997,  1996 and 1995,  respectively.
    The December 31,

                                       52

<PAGE>



    1997 balance consists of one unfunded letter of credit. The average recorded
    investment  in impaired  loans was  $1,587,000,  $2,619,000  and  $2,918,000
    during 1997,  1996 and 1995,  respectively.  Interest  income  recognized on
    impaired loans during the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 which
    has  not  been   disclosed   above  in  the  discussion  of  nonaccrual  and
    restructured  loans was  $23,000,  $19,000  and  $2,000,  respectively.  The
    allowance for credit losses contains  additional  amounts for impaired loans
    as deemed necessary to maintain  allowances at levels considered adequate by
    management.

    The Company has engaged in banking  transactions  in the ordinary  course of
    business with some of its directors,  officers,  principal  shareholders and
    their  associates.  Management  believes  that all loans or  commitments  to
    extend loans and the payment of overdrafts included in such transactions are
    made on the same terms,  including  interest rates and collateral,  as those
    prevailing  at the time for  comparable  loans with other persons and do not
    involve  more than the normal risk of  collectibility.  At December 31, 1997
    and  1996,   none  of  these  loans  are  either   reported  as  nonaccrual,
    restructured or classified. The aggregate amount of loans to related parties
    for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996 was as follows:

                                            1997                1996
                                        ----------           ---------

    Balance at January 1                 $ 1,236,852       $   532,577

      Additions                              319,593         1,261,700
      Repayments                          (1,399,466)         (542,609)
      Retirements                            (23,231)          (14,816)
                                         -------------     ------------
    Balance at December 31               $   133,748       $ 1,236,852
                                         ============      ===========


5.  Bank Premises and Equipment
    Bank  premises and  equipment at December 31, 1997 and 1996 is summarized as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1997            1996
                                                       ---------        --------

<S>                                                   <C>             <C>        
    Furniture, fixtures and equipment                 $ 1,281,275     $ 1,811,318
    Leasehold improvements                              2,208,979         960,081
                                                      ------------     ----------

      Total, at cost                                    3,490,254       2,771,399
    Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization    (2,237,841)     (1,931,348)
                                                       -----------     -----------

      Total, net                                      $ 1,252,413     $    840,051
                                                      ============    ============
</TABLE>

    Amounts  charged to operating  expenses for  depreciation  and  amortization
    expense aggregated  approximately  $309,000,  $165,000 and $146,000 in 1997,
    1996 and 1995, respectively.


6.  Interest-Bearing Deposits
    Related party deposits  totaled  approximately  $5,704,000 and $5,376,000 at
    December 31, 1997 and 1996,  respectively.  In management's  opinion,  rates
    paid on these  deposits,  where  applicable,  are available to others at the
    same terms.

    At  December  31, 1997 and 1996,  brokered  deposits  totaled  approximately
    $8,790,000 and $7,674,000, respectively. At December 31, 1997, time deposits
    totaling  $2,199,000  have  scheduled  maturities  greater  than one year as
    follows:

                  1999                          $  1,473,000
                  2000                                96,000
                  2001                               150,000
                  2002                               480,000
                                                 -----------
                                                $  2,199,000
                                                ============



                                       53

<PAGE>



7.  Leasing Arrangements
    The Company  leases its main office  space under two leases  which expire in
    2002.  The  Company  also  leases  space  for four  branch  offices  and two
    automated  teller  machines.  The leases on the Union Station branch and the
    two automated  teller  machines expire in 1998 and 1999,  respectively.  The
    lease on the Dupont  Circle  East branch  expires in 2016.  The lease on the
    Chinatown  branch  expires in 2007. The M Street branch is leased on a month
    to month basis. All leases are classified as operating leases.

    The  following  is a schedule of future  minimum  payments  under  operating
    leases that have initial or remaining noncancelable lease terms in excess of
    one year as of December 31, 1997:

                                                       Lease
                                                     Payments

             1998                                     $ 492,785
             1999                                       435,716
             2000                                       435,342
             2001                                       436,992
             2002                                       381,990
             2003 and thereafter                        972,280
                                                        -------
                      Total                           $3,155,105

    Rental expense in 1997, 1996 and 1995 was approximately  $505,000,  $464,000
and $408,000, respectively.



                                       54

<PAGE>



8.  Income Taxes
    Income tax expense (benefit) for 1997, 1996 and 1995 consists of:

                                   1997              1996             1995
                                 ------            ------           ------
    Current:
      Federal                   $ 235,260        $ 484,762          $ 428,452
      District of Columbia         43,598          131,883            139,687
                                  --------        ---------        ----------

                                  278,858          616,645            568,139
                                ----------       ----------         ---------
    Deferred:
      Federal                     (37,060)           6,290           (160,540)
      District of Columbia        (17,291)          24,884           (139,687)
                                 ---------         --------      -------------

                                  (54,351)          31,174           (300,227)
                                 ---------         --------       ------------
    Total:
      Federal                     198,200          491,052            267,912
      District of Columbia         26,307          156,767                --
                                 ---------       ----------        ----------

                                $ 224,507         $ 647,819         $ 267,912
                                =========         =========         =========

    Income tax expense  differed from the amounts  computed by applying the U.S.
    Federal  income tax rate of 34  percent to pretax  income as a result of the
    following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                    1997                     1996                   1995
                                                            --------------------   ---------------------   -----------------------
                                                              Amount         %          Amount         %      Amount          %
                                                              ------         -          ------         -      ------          -

<S>                                                        <C>           <C>        <C>            <C>       <C>             <C>  
    Tax expense at statutory rate                          $ 192,554     34.0%      $ 603,542      34.0%     $ 417,116       34.0%
    Increase (decrease) in taxes
      resulting from District of
      Columbia franchise tax, net
      of Federal tax effect                                   14,186      2.5         103,466       5.8        124,952       10.2
    Other                                                     17,767      3.1         (59,189)     (3.3)        37,235        3.0
    Change in  valuation allowance                             --         --               --        --       (311,391)     (25.4)
                                                         -------------- -------     ------------- ---------   -----------  ------

                                                           $ 224,507     39.6%      $ 647,819      36.5%      $267,912       21.8%
                                                           =========     =====      ==========     =====      ==========  ========

</TABLE>



    The  significant   components  of  deferred  income  tax  expense  (benefit)
    attributable  to income for the year ended December 31, 1997,  1996 and 1995
    are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                       1997              1996             1995
                                                                    --------          --------            ----
<S>                                                            <C>                <C>                 <C>
    Deferred tax benefit (expense) (exclusive of the
      effects of other components listed below)                   $ (54,351)      $     31,174        $    11,164
    Decrease in the valuation allowance
      for deferred tax assets                                            --                 --           (311,391)
                                                                  -----------         ----------        ----------
                                                                $   (54,351)      $      31,174        $ (300,227)
                                                                  ============         ========        ===========

</TABLE>

                                       55

<PAGE>



    The following is a summary of the tax effects of temporary  differences that
    give rise to  significant  portions of the  deferred tax assets and deferred
    tax liabilities at December 31, 1997 and 1996:
                                                           1997          1996
                                                       ---------     --------
    Deferred tax assets:
      Allowance for loan losses                       $ 151,457       $186,959
      Interest income on nonaccrual loans                 5,253         24,507
      Deferred loan fees                                111,482         87,070
      Furniture and equipment                            54,522         88,309
      Unrealized losses on securities                     9,748         23,275
      Compensated absences                               36,880         18,699
                                                      ----------     ----------
        Total gross deferred tax assets                 369,342        428,819

    Deferred tax liabilities:
       Prepaid expenses                                 (13,860)        (9,649)
       Other                                             (2,470)       (14,622)
                                                        --------      ---------
        Total gross deferred tax liabilities            (16,330)       (24,271)
                                                        --------      ---------
          Net deferred tax assets                     $ 353,012      $ 404,548
                                                      ==========      =========


    Deferred  income tax assets at December 31, 1997 and 1996 were  $353,012 and
    $404,548, respectively, and are included in other assets in the accompanying
    financial statements. Also included in other assets at December 31, 1997 and
    1996,  were current tax  receivables of $589,000 and $18,000,  respectively.
    Included in other  liabilities  at December 31, 1997 and 1996,  were current
    tax payables of $0 and $46,000, respectively.


9.  Long-term Borrowings/Debt
    On October 1, 1996,  the Bank entered into an agreement to borrow funds from
    the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta  ("FHLB").  The  principal  balance of
    this note shall be repaid in 146 monthly installments commencing on November
    1, 1996  through  the note's  maturity  on  December  1,  2008.  The rate of
    interest  payable on the  principal  balance of this note is fixed at 6.95%.
    The   outstanding   balance  of  loans  pledged  at  December  31,  1997  to
    collateralize  this debt is  disclosed  in Note 10 below.  Annual  principal
    maturities as of December 31, 1997 are as follows:

             1998                                         $     63,225
             1999                                               64,402
             2000                                               70,794
             2001                                               77,821
             2002                                               85,544
             2003 and thereafter                               724,150
                                                            ----------
                                                          $  1,085,936

10. Short-term Borrowings
    Short-term  borrowings  consist  primarily of Federal  funds  purchased  and
    securities  sold  under  repurchase  agreements.   Federal  funds  purchased
    represent overnight funds, while securities sold under repurchase agreements
    generally involve the receipt of immediately available funds which mature in
    one business day or roll over under a continuing contract.

    The balance of securities sold under  repurchase  agreements at December 31,
    1997 and 1996 of $3,489,263 and $1,916,689,  respectively,  represents funds
    received by the Company for securities sold to customers of the Company,  at
    the customer's request, which mature in one business day but roll over under
    a continuing  contract.  In accordance with these contracts,  the underlying
    securities  sold  are U.S.  Treasuries  or  government  agencies  which  are
    segregated  from the  Company's  other  investment  securities in the Bank's
    Federal  Reserve Bank account.  The book value of the underlying  securities
    sold under these  repurchase  agreements  at December  31, 1997 and 1996 was
    approximately $4,787,000 and $2,296,000,  respectively.  The market value of
    these same  securities  at  December  31, 1997 and 1996 was  $4,787,000  and
    $2,295,000,  respectively.  At maturity, the same security is repurchased by
    the Company.


                                       56

<PAGE>



    Repurchase  agreements  are entered into with related  parties in the normal
    course of  business.  At December  31,  1997 and 1996,  such  related  party
    repurchase  agreements  totaled   approximately   $1,225,000  and  $757,000,
    respectively.  In  management's  opinion,  rates  paid on  these  repurchase
    agreements are available to others at the same terms.

    In the normal course of business, there are securities sold under repurchase
    agreements that the Company initiates with correspondent banks for liquidity
    purposes.  As with  the  customer  repurchase  agreements,  these  contracts
    generally involve the receipt of immediately available funds which mature in
    one  business  day or roll over under a continuing  contract,  however,  the
    underlying  securities  sold are  transferred  to the  correspondent  bank's
    Federal Reserve Bank account until maturity of the repurchase agreement.  At
    maturity, the same security is repurchased by the Company.

    Other  short-term  borrowings  may consist of  borrowings  from the FHLB for
    liquidity purposes.  Borrowings are collateralized by loans secured by first
    liens on one to four family, multifamily and commercial mortgages as well as
    investment   securities.   Although  no  short-term   FHLB   borrowings  are
    outstanding at December 31, 1997 and 1996, the outstanding balances of loans
    pledged at December 31, 1997 and 1996 to collateralize  long-term borrowings
    as well as future  short-term  borrowings  from the FHLB was  $4,011,000 and
    $2,557,000,  respectively. The collateral value of the loans pledged at both
    December 31, 1997 and 1996 was $1,860,000.

    Short-term borrowings for 1997 and 1996 are summarized below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       1997               1996
                                                                       ----               ----
<S>                                                                <C>               <C> 
    Federal funds purchased
    Balance at end of year                                         $      --         $      --
    Daily average balance outstanding during year                       14,383              --
    Maximum balance outstanding as of any month-end during year           --                --
    Daily average interest rate during year                               5.41%             --

    Securities sold under repurchase agreements
    Balance at end of year                                         $ 3,489,263       $ 1,916,689
    Daily average balance outstanding during year                    2,710,121         2,147,737
    Maximum balance outstanding as of any month-end during year      5,047,960         3,042,801
    Daily average interest rate during year                               4.95%             4.87%
    Average interest rate on balance at end of year                       5.21%             5.95%
</TABLE>


11. Commitments and Contingent Liabilities
    In the normal course of business,  there are various outstanding commitments
    and contingent liabilities such as commitments to extend credit that are not
    reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. No material
    losses are  anticipated as a result of these  transactions.  At December 31,
    1997 and 1996,  the Company had  outstanding  letters of credit  aggregating
    approximately  $692,000 and  $1,806,000,  commitments to originate  variable
    rate  loans  aggregating  approximately  $18,608,000  and  $18,026,000,  and
    commitments  to  originate  fixed  rate  loans   aggregating   approximately
    $2,832,000 and $2,464,000, respectively.

    Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as
    there  is no  violation  of  any  condition  established  in  the  contract.
    Commitments  generally  have  fixed  expiration  dates or other  termination
    clauses and may require  payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are
    expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do
    not necessarily  represent future cash  requirements.  The Company evaluates
    each  customer's  creditworthiness  on a case by case  basis.  The amount of
    collateral  obtained if deemed  necessary by the Company  upon  extension of
    credit is based on management's  credit  evaluation.  Collateral held varies
    but  may  include  accounts  receivable,   inventory,  property,  plant  and
    equipment, and residential and income-producing commercial properties.

    Standby letters of credit are conditional  commitments issued by the Company
    to  guarantee  the  performance  of a  customer  to  a  third  party.  Those
    guarantees are primarily  issued to support lease and security  deposits and
    private borrowing arrangements.  The credit risk involved in issuing letters
    of  credit  is  essentially  the same as that  involved  in  extending  loan
    facilities to customers.  The Company holds cash,  marketable securities and
    other collateral supporting those commitments for which collateral is deemed
    necessary. The portion of letters of credit which are collateralized was 77%
    and 47% at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

    Under the terms of an  employment  agreement  with the  President  and Chief
    Executive  Officer of the Company and the Bank,  the Company is obligated to
    make payments  totaling up to $389,000 to her under certain  conditions,  in
    the event her employment is terminated.  In addition, upon termination,  the
    President  and Chief  Executive  Officer is  entitled to receive her current
    benefits for up to two years,  having a total value of up to  $127,000,  and
    certain unvested stock options granted to the

                                       57

<PAGE>

    President and Chief Executive Officer shall become immediately  vested. Such
    unvested  options are estimated to have an aggregate value of  approximately
    $339,000 at December 31, 1997.

    Under the terms of severance  agreements with seven key management officials
    of the Bank,  at December 31, 1997 the Bank is  obligated  to make  payments
    totaling  $568,000  under  certain  conditions  in the  event of a change in
    control  of the  Company  or the Bank.  See Note 19,  included  herein,  for
    further discussion.

    The Company maintains  directors' and officers'  liability  insurance in the
    amount of $5,000,000,  subject to certain exclusions. In addition, according
    to the  by-laws,  the Company is  obligated  to  indemnify  any  director or
    officer for losses  incurred to the full extent  authorized  or permitted by
    Delaware general corporation law.


12. Restrictions on Dividend Payments and Loans by Affiliated Bank
    Any dividends payable by the Company are dependent on dividends payable from
    the Bank to the Company.  Federal  banking laws restrict the total  dividend
    payments that a national  banking  association  may make during any calendar
    year to the total net income of the bank for the current year plus  retained
    net  income  for the  preceding  two years,  except  with the prior  written
    approval of the Office of the  Comptroller of the Currency.  At December 31,
    1997,  approximately  $2,495,000  of  retained  earnings  of  the  Bank  was
    available for dividend  declarations without prior regulatory approval.  The
    Federal  Reserve  Board has issued a statement  effective  November 14, 1985
    which  indicates  that  dividends  should  only  be paid  out of net  income
    available  to common  shareholders  over the past year.  As of December  31,
    1997,   dividends   paid  exceeded  the  net  income   available  to  common
    shareholders for 1997 by approximately  $147,000,  as a result of the fourth
    quarter  write-off of expenses  associated with the aborted Ballston Bancorp
    acquisition.  See Note 16, included  herein.  Restrictions  are also imposed
    upon the ability of the Bank to make loans to the Company, purchase stock in
    the Company or use the Company's  securities as collateral for  indebtedness
    of the  Bank.  At  December  31,  1997,  the  Company  and the Bank  were in
    compliance with regulatory requirements.

13. Parent Company Information
    On  April  1,  1982,  the  Company  acquired,  through  merger,  all  of the
    outstanding  shares of the Bank,  becoming the parent and sole  stockholder.
    The  earnings  (losses) of the Bank are  recorded  by the Company  using the
    equity method of accounting.  Earnings  (losses) are recorded as an increase
    (decrease) in the Company's  investment,  and dividends declared by the Bank
    are recorded as reductions in the Company's investment in the Bank.

                            Condensed Balance Sheets
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 December 31,
                                                                                                  ------------
                                                                                             1997                 1996
                                                                                           ------               ------
Assets
<S>                                                                                      <C>                <C>          
Due from banks and interest-bearing balances with subsidiary bank                        $ 2,356,267        $   3,794,594
Investment in subsidiary bank                                                              8,595,752            7,195,748
Loans                                                                                      2,034,278            2,195,030
Less: Allowance for loan losses                                                              (25,000)             (25,000)
                                                                                          -----------           ---------
   Loans, net                                                                              2,009,278            2,170,030
Dividend receivable from subsidiary bank                                                          --                  --
Other assets                                                                                 559,919              151,023
                                                                                           ---------         ------------

    Total assets                                                                          $13,521,216         $13,311,395
                                                                                          ===========         ===========

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Liabilities:
  Other liabilities                                                                      $   491,478         $    171,198
Stockholders' equity:
  Common stock, par value $0.01 per share,  authorized 5,000,000 shares;  issued
    1,655,906 shares in 1997 and 1,654,712 in 1996;
    outstanding 1,651,226 shares in 1997 and 1,650,032 shares in 1996                         16,559               16,547
  Additional paid-in capital                                                              12,187,657           12,172,435
  Retained earnings                                                                        1,029,989            1,157,716
                                                                                         ------------         -----------
                                                                                          13,234,205           13,346,698
  Less:  Employee Stock Ownership Plan shares, 20,086 shares in 1997 and
     20,319 shares in 1996,  at cost                                                        (175,757)            (177,791)
  Less:  Treasury Stock, 4,680 shares at cost                                                (28,710)             (28,710)
                                                                                           ----------       -------------
    Total stockholders' equity                                                            13,029,738           13,140,197
                                                                                          -----------         -----------
    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                                           $13,521,216          $13,311,395
                                                                                         ============         ===========
</TABLE>

                                       58

<PAGE>



                       Condensed Statements of Operations
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Years Ended December 31,
                                                                                 ------------------------
                                                                         1997              1996             1995
                                                                        ------            ------           ------
Income
<S>                                                             <C>                     <C>              <C>      
  Dividends from subsidiary bank                                $         --            $ 307,425        $ 213,633
  Interest earned on balances with subsidiary bank                      110,920           115,427            4,906
  Interest on loans                                                     233,800            27,218               --
  Management fees earned from subsidiary bank                               --                  --             444
                                                                 --------------          ---------         -------
    Total income                                                        344,720           450,070          218,983

Expenses
  Salaries and benefits                                                   6,203             6,500              --
  Professional fees                                                   1,043,450            44,009          125,569
  Provision for loan losses                                                --              25,000              --
  Other                                                                 431,327           176,863           75,046
                                                                      ---------          ---------         -------
    Total expenses                                                    1,480,980           252,372          200,615
                                                                     ----------           --------         -------
      Income(loss) before taxes and equity
        in undistributed net income of subsidiary                    (1,136,260)          197,698           18,368
Applicable income tax benefit                                           447,693           104,730          300,993
                                                                     -----------          --------        --------
      Income (loss) before  equity
        in undistributed net income of subsidiary                      (688,567)          302,428          319,361
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiary                      1,030,394           824,877          639,537
                                                                     -----------          --------       ---------

      Net income                                                      $ 341,827         $1,127,305        $958,898
                                                                      ==========        ==========        ========
</TABLE>

                       Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                Years Ended December 31,
                                                                                ------------------------
                                                                        1997              1996              1995
                                                                      ------            ------            ------
Operating Activities
<S>                                                              <C>               <C>                <C>      
Net income                                                       $   341,827       $ 1,127,305        $ 958,898
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
  provided (used) by operating activities:
    Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiary              (1,030,394)         (824,877)        (639,537)
    Provision for loan losses                                             --            25,000               --
    KSOP compensation expense paid in stock                            6,203                --               --
    Dividends declared from subsidiary bank not received                  --                --          (71,211)
    Other, net                                                        73,888           (10,643)         (97,910)
                                                                   ---------           --------      -----------
       Net cash provided (used) by operating activities             (608,476)          316,785          150,240

Investing Activities
Proceeds from maturity of securities available for sale                   --                --               --
Net decrease (increase) in lines of credit                           848,339        (1,010,546)              --
Loans originated                                                  (2,394,500)       (1,242,500)              --
Principal collected on loans                                       1,706,913            58,016               --
                                                                  -----------          --------     -----------
       Net cash provided (used) by investing activities              160,752        (2,195,030)              --

Financing Activities
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net                            9,767         6,018,928              --
Loan to Employee Stock Ownership Plan                                     --          (218,750)             --
Contribution of capital to subsidiary                               (350,000)              --               --
Cash dividends paid to stockholders                                 (650,370)         (376,136)         (71,211)
                                                                    ---------         ---------        --------
    Net cash provided (used) by financing activities                (990,603)        5,424,042          (71,211)
                                                                   ----------         ---------        ---------

       Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents           (1,438,327)        3,545,797            79,029
       Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year              3,794,594           248,797           169,768
                                                                  -----------          --------        ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                         $ 2,356,267      $ 3, 794,594       $   248,797
                                                                 ============     =============      ===========
</TABLE>

                                       59

<PAGE>



14. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act

    Regulations  implementing  the prompt  corrective  action  provisions of the
    Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  Improvement  Act of 1991  (FDICIA)
    became  effective on December 19, 1992.  FDICIA  requires the  regulators to
    stratify  institutions  into five quality tiers based upon their  respective
    capital  strengths  and to increase  progressively  the degree of regulation
    over the weaker  institutions,  limits the  pass-through  deposit  insurance
    treatment of certain types of accounts, adopts a "Truth in Savings" program,
    calls for the  adoption  of  risk-based  premiums on deposit  insurance  and
    requires  banks to observe  insider credit  underwriting  procedures no less
    strict than those applied to comparable noninsider transactions.

    The prompt corrective action  regulations define specific capital categories
    based  on an  institution's  capital  ratios.  The  capital  categories,  in
    declining   order,   are   "well-capitalized,"   "adequately   capitalized,"
    "undercapitalized,"   "significantly  under-  capitalized"  and  "critically
    undercapitalized."  Institutions  categorized as "undercapitalized" or below
    are subject to certain  restrictions,  including the  requirement  to file a
    capital plan with its primary federal regulator, prohibitions on the payment
    of dividends and management fees, restrictions on executive compensation and
    increased supervisory monitoring, among other things. Other restrictions may
    be imposed on the institution  either by its primary federal regulator or by
    the FDIC, including requirements to raise additional capital, sell assets or
    sell  the  entire  institution.  Once  an  institution  becomes  "critically
    undercapitalized"  it is generally placed in receivership or conservatorship
    within 90 days.

    To be considered  "well-capitalized,"  an institution  must generally have a
    leverage ratio of at least 5%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least
    6% and a total  risk-based  capital  ratio of at least 10%. At December  31,
    1997  and   1996,   both  the   Company   and  the  Bank   were   considered
    "well-capitalized."  The table below  presents  the capital  position of the
    Company  and the  Bank  relative  to their  various  minimum  statutory  and
    regulatory  capital  requirements  at December 31, 1997. The Company and the
    Bank are considered "well-capitalized" under regulatory guidelines.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                    Minimum
                                                             Company                 Bank           Capital
                                                       Amount    Ratio     Amount    Ratio        Requirements
                                                       ------    -----     ------    -----        ------------
                                                                (Dollars in thousands)

<S>                                                  <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>               <C>  
    Leverage ratio 1                                 $ 13,044  11.09%     $ 8,610    7.49%            4.00%
    Tier 1 risk-based ratio 2                          13,044  13.76        8,610    9.37             4.00
    Total risk-based ratio 2                           14,186  14.97        9,727   10.59             8.00
</TABLE>

- ----------
    1   Based on annual average assets
    2   Based on risk-adjusted assets


15. Employee Benefits

    The  Company  has  adopted a  Nonqualified  Stock  Option  Plan for  certain
    officers and key  employees  and has reserved  90,000 shares of common stock
    for options to be granted  under the plan.  No options  have been granted to
    date.

    On January 23, 1996,  the Company  adopted a  nonqualified  Directors  Stock
    Option Plan (the "Directors Plan") and a qualified  Employee Incentive Stock
    Option  Plan  covering  key  employees  (the  "Employee  Plan"),  which were
    approved by the shareholders on October 15, 1996.  Shares subject to options
    under these plans may be authorized but unissued shares or treasury  shares.
    Options under the Directors Plan are granted at a price not less than 85% of
    the fair market  value of the  Company's  common stock on the date of grant.
    The options  vest  beginning  in 1996 at an annual rate of 20% at the end of
    each year and become  fully  vested in the event of a Change in Control,  as
    defined in the Directors  Plan, or in the event that the Director leaves the
    Board. Options under the Employee Plan are granted at a price of 100% of the
    fair market value of the Company's common stock on the date of grant and are
    immediately exercisable.  Options under both plans expire not later than ten
    years  after the date of  grant.  Options  for a total of  16,416  shares of
    common stock  available for grant under the above Plans were granted in 1996
    at a price of $6.74 for  directors and $7.93 for  employees.  As of December
    31, 1997, 1,194 options have been exercised under these plans.


                                       60

<PAGE>



    On November 19, 1996,  the Company  adopted a nonqualified  Directors  Stock
    Option Plan (the "1996 Directors Plan") and a qualified  Employee  Incentive
    Stock Option Plan covering key employees (the "1996 Employee Plan").  Shares
    subject to options under these plans may be authorized  but unissued  shares
    or treasury  shares.  Options under the 1996 Directors Plan are granted at a
    price not less than 85% of the fair  market  value of the  Company's  common
    stock on the date of grant. Options under the 1996 Employee Plan are granted
    at a price of 100% of the fair market value of the Company's common stock on
    the date of grant.  The options  granted under both the 1996  Directors Plan
    and the 1996 Employee Plan vest beginning in 1997 at an annual rate of 33.3%
    at the end of each year and become  fully vested in the event of a Change in
    Control,  as defined in the 1996  Directors Plan and the 1996 Employee Plan.
    Options  under both plans  expire not later than ten years after the date of
    grant.  Options for a total of 22,113  shares of common stock are  available
    for grant under the above  Plans.  Options  totaling  20,608 were granted in
    1996 at a price of $9.13 for  directors  and $10.74 for  employees.  Options
    totaling  1,505 were granted in 1997 at prices ranging from $11.71 to $11.83
    for employees. No options have been exercised under these plans.

    On March 29, 1996,  the Company  granted the President  and Chief  Executive
    Officer a  nonqualified  stock option to purchase  75,000  shares at a price
    equal to 85% of the fair market value of the  Company's  common stock on the
    date of grant ($6.74).  The option vests beginning in 1996 at an annual rate
    of 20% at the end of each year and  becomes  fully  vested in the event of a
    Change in  Control as  defined  in the  Agreement,  or in the event that she
    leaves the Company or the Bank.

    The Company accounts for its stock option plans under APB Opinion No. 25. In
    accordance  with APB  Opinion  No.  25,  no  compensation  expense  has been
    recorded for the Employee Plan and the 1996  Employee Plan and  compensation
    expense of approximately $24,000 and $19,000 in 1997 and 1996, respectively,
    has been recorded for the Directors  Plan,  the 1996  Directors Plan and the
    options  granted to the President and Chief Executive  Officer,  which is an
    amount equal to the difference  between the quoted market price of the stock
    at the date of grant and the amount the  employee/director  is  required  to
    pay, ratably over the options' vesting periods.

    Had  compensation  cost for these  plans  been  determined  consistent  with
    Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock
    Based  Compensation"  (SFAS No.  123) the  Company's  net  income  and basic
    earnings  per share for 1997 and 1996 would have been  $354,000 and $.22 per
    share and $1,105,000 and $.92 per share, respectively.  Diluted earnings per
    share for 1997 and 1996  would  have been $.21 per share and $.91 per share,
    respectively.

    A summary of the status of the Company's four stock option plans and the one
    out-of-plan  stock  option  grant at December  31, 1997 and 1996 and changes
    during the years then ended is presented in the table and narrative below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    1997
                                                         --------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           Directors Plans and
                                                                 CEO Grants                      Employee Plans
                                                                 ----------                      --------------
                                                                          Wtd Avg                             Wtd Avg
                                                          Shares         Ex Price                Shares      Ex Price
                                                          ------         --------                ------      --------
<S>                                                       <C>             <C>                   <C>          <C>     
    Outstanding at beginning of year                      89,349          $  6.95               22,675       $   9.50
    Granted                                                  --               --                 1,505          11.75
    Exercised                                                --               --                (1,194)          7.93
    Forfeited/Expired                                        --               --
    Outstanding at end of year                            89,349             6.95               22,986           9.73
    Exercisable at end of year                            35,212             6.92               14,191           9.08
    Weighted average fair value of options granted           --              n/a                 $2.12           n/a
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     1996
                                                          --------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             Directors Plans and
                                                                   CEO Grants                      Employee Plans
                                                                   ----------                      --------------
                                                                          Wtd Avg                             Wtd Avg
                                                          Shares         Ex Price                Shares      Ex Price
                                                          ------         --------                ------      --------
<S>                                                     <C>             <C>                                 <C>     
    Outstanding at beginning of year                         --         $     --                    --      $     --
    Granted                                               89,349             6.95                22,675          9.50
    Exercised                                                --               --                    --            --
    Forfeited/Expired                                        --               --                    --            --
    Outstanding at end of year                            89,349             6.95                22,675          9.50
    Exercisable at end of year                            16,286             6.74                 9,987          7.93
    Weighted average fair value of options granted      $    .43             n/a               $   2.19          n/a
</TABLE>

                                       61

<PAGE>



    At December 31, 1997,  options granted under the Directors Plan and the 1996
    Directors Plan and under the  Non-Qualified  Stock Option Agreement  between
    the Company and the  President  and Chief  Executive  Officer have  exercise
    prices between $6.74 and $9.13,  with a weighted  average  exercise price of
    $6.95 and a weighted  average  remaining  contractual  life of 8.1 years. Of
    these options, 35,212 are exercisable. At December 31, 1997, options granted
    under the Employee  Plan and the 1996  Employee  Plan have  exercise  prices
    between $7.93 and $11.83,  with a weighted  average  exercise price of $9.73
    and a weighted  average  remaining  contractual  life of 8.5 years. Of these
    options, 14,191 are exercisable.

    The fair value of each option  grant is estimated on the date of grant using
    a  Black-Scholes-based  option  pricing  model with the  following  weighted
    average  assumptions  used for grants in 1996:  risk-free  interest  rate of
    5.81%;  expected  dividend yields of 5.04%;  expected lives of 10 years; and
    expected  volatility of 50%. The following weighted average  assumptions are
    used for grants in 1997: risk-free interest rate of 5.94%; expected dividend
    yields of 3.48%;  expected  lives of 1.3 years;  and expected  volatility of
    30%.

    On April 16,  1996,  the  Company  and the Bank  adopted an  employee  stock
    ownership plan ("ESOP") with 401(k) provisions,  replacing the Bank's former
    401(k) Plan, which covered all full-time  employees 21 years of age or older
    who had completed one year of service.  Participants may elect to contribute
    to the ESOP a  portion  of their  salary,  which may not be less than 1% nor
    more than 15%, of their annual  salary (up to $9,500 for 1997 and 1996).  In
    addition,  the Bank may make a discretionary  matching contribution equal to
    one-half of the percentage  amount of the salary  reduction  elected by each
    participant  (up to a maximum of 3%),  which  percentage  will be determined
    each  year  by  the  Bank,  and  an  additional  discretionary  contribution
    determined each year by the Bank. Employee  contributions and the employer's
    matching   contributions    immediately   vest.   The   initial   employer's
    discretionary  contribution was immediately  vested.  All future  employer's
    discretionary  contributions are vested as follows: 33 and 1/3% for one year
    of service;  66 and 2/3% for two years of service;  and 100% for three years
    of service;  however,  an employee's vested percentage will not be less than
    their vested percentage under the former 401(k) Plan.

    The Company made matching contributions to the Plan of $41,000,  $23,000 and
    $34,000 in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.  These amounts are included in
    salaries and employee benefits in the accompanying  consolidated  statements
    of  operations.  In  1996,  the  Company  made an  additional  discretionary
    contribution  of 4,681  shares of Company  stock,  at a fair market value of
    $55,000 on December 31, 1996,  from the 25,000 shares  purchased by the ESOP
    to all eligible employees.  This amount is included in salaries and benefits
    for 1996 in the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  operations.  In
    accordance  with  the  terms  of the  ESOP,  dividends  paid  on all  shares
    previously  allocated to the  participants'  accounts  are  allocated to the
    participants'  accounts  and are  reflected  as  dividends  declared  in the
    accompanying  consolidated  statement  of changes in  stockholders'  equity.
    Dividends  paid on all  remaining  unallocated  shares owned by the ESOP are
    also  allocated to the  participants'  accounts and are included in salaries
    and  benefits  for  1997  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  statement  of
    operations.  As of  December  31,  1997,  4,426  shares  were  allocated  to
    participants'  accounts,  488 shares were  committed  to be released and the
    remaining 20,086 shares are unearned ESOP shares held in suspense. Dividends
    paid on allocated  shares may be paid to  participants  or used to repay the
    ESOP loan, with an equivalent  number of shares  allocated to  participants'
    accounts.  Dividends on unallocated  shares are expected to be used to repay
    the  ESOP  loan  with  the   equivalent   number  of  shares   allocated  to
    participants' accounts. The participating employee has certain put rights in
    the event that the common stock  distributed  cannot be readily  sold.  Only
    shares which are  allocated or committed to be released are  considered  for
    purposes of  computing  earnings  per share.  The fair value of the unearned
    ESOP  shares  at  December  31,  1997 and  1996 is  $281,000  and  $239,000,
    respectively.


16. Other Operating Expense

    Other operating expense for 1997, 1996 and 1995 is summarized as follows:

                                               1997         1996         1995
                                               ----         ----         ----

    Courier service and bank security       $ 157,116   $  169,207   $  149,689
    Stationery and office supplies            159,638       97,602       75,585
    Printing                                  152,189       39,632       36,744
    Advertising                                97,534       85,572       14,616
    FDIC insurance premiums                    10,271        2,363       84,607
    Other                                     792,598      514,722      419,759
                                            ---------     --------   ----------

         Total other operating expense    $ 1,369,346    $ 909,098    $ 781,000
                                          ===========    =========    =========


                                       62

<PAGE>



    Other operating  expenses for 1997 include  approximately  $222,000 in costs
    written-off in connection with the Ballston  Bancorp,  Inc.  acquisition,
    which was not approved by shareholders at the Company's  Special Meeting
    of  Shareholders  on December 31, 1997.  Total costs  incurred in connection
    with this failed  acquisition  were  $1,213,000,  inclusive  of the $222,000
    reported above.

    The Company has engaged in  transactions  in the ordinary course of business
    with  some of its  directors,  officers,  principal  stockholders  and their
    associates.  Management  believes that all such transactions are made on the
    same terms as those  prevailing at the time with other persons.  The Company
    expensed $0, $5,000 and $15,000 during 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively, to
    such related parties in connection  with public  relations  activities.  The
    Company  expensed $0,  $9,000 and $17,000 to such related  parties for legal
    services during 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.


17.  Shareholder Rights Plan

    On April 12, 1994,  the Board of  Directors of the Company  adopted a Rights
    Agreement ("Rights  Agreement"),  which was amended April 20, 1995. Pursuant
    to the Rights  Agreement,  the Board of Directors of the Company  declared a
    dividend of one share purchase right for each share of the Company's  common
    stock  outstanding  on April 25, 1994  ("Right").  Among other things,  each
    Right  entitles  the holder to purchase  one share of the  Company's  common
    stock at an exercise price of $20.11.

    Subject to certain exceptions, the Rights will be exercisable if a person or
    group  of  persons  acquires  25% or  more  of the  Company's  common  stock
    ("Acquiring Person"), or announces a tender offer, the consummation of which
    would  result in ownership by a person or group of persons of 25% or more of
    the  common  stock,  or if the  Board  determines  that a person or group of
    persons  holding  15% or more of the  Company's  common  stock is an Adverse
    Person, as defined in the Rights Agreement.

    Upon the occurrence of one of the triggering  events, all holders of Rights,
    except the Acquiring Person or Adverse Person, would be entitled to purchase
    the  Company's  common stock at 50% of the market  price.  If the Company is
    acquired in a merger or business  combination,  each holder of a Right would
    be entitled to purchase  common stock of the  Acquiring  Person at a similar
    discount.

    The Board of  Directors  may  redeem the Rights for $0.01 per share or amend
    the Plan at any time before a person becomes an Acquiring Person. The Rights
    expire on December 31, 2003.


18.  Fair Value of Financial Instruments

    During 1995, the Company adopted SFAS No. 107, which requires the disclosure
    of fair  value  information  about  financial  instruments,  whether  or not
    recognized in the balance  sheet,  for which it is  practicable  to estimate
    their fair value.  Quoted market  prices,  when  available,  are used as the
    measure  of  fair  value.  In  cases  where  quoted  market  prices  are not
    available,  fair  values  are  based on  present  value  estimates  or other
    valuation techniques.  These derived fair values are estimates at a specific
    point  in  time  and  are   significantly   affected  by  assumptions  used,
    principally  the timing of future cash flows and the discount rate.  Because
    assumptions are inherently  subjective in nature,  the estimated fair values
    cannot be substantiated  by comparison to independent  market quotes and, in
    many cases,  the estimated fair values would not  necessarily be realized in
    an  immediate  sale  or  settlement  of  the   instrument.   The  disclosure
    requirements of SFAS No. 107 exclude certain  financial  instruments and all
    nonfinancial  instruments.  The estimated fair values  presented do not give
    effect  to the  values  associated  with  the  Company's  banking  business,
    existing  customer  relationships,  branch  network,  property or equipment.
    Also,  under SFAS No.  107,  the fair value of  noninterest  bearing  demand
    deposits,  savings and NOW  accounts and money  market  deposit  accounts is
    equal to the carrying amount because these deposits have no stated maturity.
    This approach to estimating fair value excludes the significant benefit that
    results from the low-cost funding provided by such deposit  liabilities,  as
    compared to alternative sources of funding.  Accordingly, the aggregate fair
    value  amounts  presented do not  represent  management's  estimation of the
    underlying value of the Company.



                                       63

<PAGE>



The  following  are  the  estimated  fair  values  of  the  Company's  financial
instruments  at December 31, 1997 and 1996 followed by a general  description of
the methods and assumptions used to estimate such fair values.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                     1997                               1996
                                                      -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          Carrying        Estimated         Carrying        Estimated
                                                            Amount        Value               Amount        Value
                                                            ------        -----               ------        -----
    Financial assets
<S>                                                   <C>              <C>               <C>               <C>        
         Cash and due from banks                      $ 7,654,347      $ 7,654,347       $ 9,785,132       $ 9,785,132
         Short-term investments                         8,231,000        8,231,000         5,579,000         5,579,000
         Securities available for sale                 20,452,799       20,452,799        11,205,282        11,205,282
         Investment securities                          7,508,850        7,532,256        11,640,813        11,679,607
         Loans                                         85,313,591                         73,013,413
         Less: Allowance for loan losses               (1,141,719)                        (1,048,487)
                                                       -----------                        -----------
             Net loans                                 84,171,872       83,233,356        71,964,926        72,097,490

    Financial liabilities
         Noninterest-bearing deposits                  27,184,087       27,184,087        23,678,374        23,678,374
         Interest-bearing deposits
           with no stated maturity                     38,749,327       38,749,327        38,952,758        38,952,758
         Time deposits                                 46,327,982       46,383,831        32,523,608        32,463,709
         Short-term borrowings                          3,489,263        3,489,263         1,916,689         1,916,689
         Long-term borrowings/debt                      1,085,936        1,138,688         1,138,815         1,137,349
</TABLE>

    The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating
the fair value of its financial instruments:

         Cash and due from banks.  The carrying  amounts reported in the balance
         sheet  approximate  fair  value due to the  short-term  nature of these
         assets.

         Short-term investments.  The carrying amounts of short-term investments
         on the balance  sheet with  maturities  of 90 days or less  approximate
         fair value. For short-term  investments with maturities of greater than
         90 days,  fair value  estimates  are based on market quotes for similar
         instruments   adjusted   for  such   differences   between  the  quoted
         instruments and the instruments  being valued as to maturity and credit
         quality.

         Securities available for sale and investment securities.  The estimated
         fair values of securities  by type are based on quoted  market  prices,
         when available.  If a quoted market price is not available,  fair value
         is estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities.

         Loans.  Fair values are estimated for  portfolios of loans with similar
         financial characteristics. Loans are classified by variable rate, fixed
         rate and loans which reprice on a predetermined schedule.  Non-variable
         rate  loans are  further  classified  by  general  purpose  within  the
         commercial,  real  estate and  consumer  portfolios.  Loans are further
         classified by performing or nonperforming loans.

         For performing  variable-rate loans which reprice immediately as market
         rates   change,   the   carrying   amounts   approximate   fair  value.
         Additionally,  most variable rate lines of credit,  which comprise more
         than half of the variable loan portfolio,  are reviewed and extended on
         at least an annual basis.  At the time of that review,  these loans are
         repriced to reflect the current  credit risk  inherent in these  loans.
         For  performing   fixed-rate   loans  and  loans  which  reprice  on  a
         pre-determined  schedule,  fair values are estimated by discounting the
         expected  cash  flows up to and  including  the date of  repricing,  if
         applicable,  by a discount  rate that  reflects the  interest  rate and
         credit risk inherent in the loan. The estimated maturity of these loans
         reflects  both  contractual  maturity and  management's  assessment  of
         prepayments,  economic condition, and other factors that may affect the
         maturity of the portfolio.  The discount rate is based on the rate that
         would be currently offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of
         similar credit quality.

         Nonperforming  loans  are  included  in  each  of the  loan  portfolios
         previously  described.   The  fair  value  of  nonperforming  loans  is
         estimated  in a manner  which  approximates  discounting  the  expected
         return of principal over the period of time the

                                       64

<PAGE>



         Company  anticipates  receiving  principal  payments  on the  loan at a
         discount rate which is reflective of the higher risk surrounding  these
         assets compared to a performing loan.

         Deposits.  The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity,  such as
         noninterest-bearing  deposits,  NOW accounts,  savings and money market
         deposit accounts,  is the amount payable on demand as of year-end.  For
         time deposits,  fair value is estimated by discounting  the contractual
         cash flows using a discount rate equal to the incremental  deposit rate
         for similar remaining maturities.

         Short-term borrowings.  The carrying values of federal funds purchased,
         securities  sold under  agreements to repurchase  and other  short-term
         borrowings approximate fair values.

         Long-term borrowings/debt. The fair values of long-term borrowings/debt
         are  estimated  by  discounting  the  contractual  cash  flows for each
         instrument.   The  discount  rate  applied  is  based  on  the  current
         incremental  borrowing  rates for  similar  arrangements  with  similar
         maturities.

         Commitments  to extend  credit and letters of credit.  At December  31,
         1997 and  1996,  the  Company  had  commitments  to  extend  credit  of
         $21,440,000  and  $20,490,000  and  letters of credit of  $692,000  and
         $1,806,000,  respectively.  Pricing of these  financial  instruments is
         based on the credit quality and  relationship,  fees,  interest  rates,
         probability  of  funding,   compensating  balance  and  other  covenant
         requirements.   Non-credit  card   commitments   generally  have  fixed
         expiration  dates, are variable rate and contain  termination and other
         clauses  which  provide for relief from funding in the event that there
         is a significant  deterioration  in the credit quality of the customer.
         Many loan commitments are expected to, and typically do, expire without
         being drawn upon. At December 31, 1997 and 1996,  approximately 78% and
         84%,  respectively,  of the Company's commitments to lend expire within
         one  year or are  otherwise  cancelable.  The  rates  and  terms of the
         Company's  commitments  to lend and  letters of credit are  competitive
         with  others in the  markets in which the  Company  operates.  Carrying
         amounts which are comprised of the  unamortized  fee income and,  where
         necessary, reserves for any expected credit losses from these financial
         instruments, are immaterial.

19.      Subsequent Events

         Litigation
         On December 12, 1997,  the Company  commenced an action  against  three
         directors, Marshall Reynolds, Jeanne Hubbard and Robert Shell, Jr., and
         certain other  shareholders,  in United States  District  Court for the
         District of  Columbia  seeking  relief in various  counts to enjoin the
         defendants  from  voting  their  shares  at  the  shareholders  meeting
         scheduled to vote on the acquisition of Ballston Bancorp, and for other
         relief. That complaint,  in various counts, alleged that the defendants
         had violated federal  securities laws by inter alia,  failing to file a
         complete  and accurate  Schedule  13D, and  soliciting  of  shareholder
         proxies unlawfully by failing to file proxy solicitation  material with
         the Securities and Exchange Commission. The complaint also alleged that
         the director defendants breached their fiduciary duties by opposing the
         acquisition after they had voted for it and caused the Company to enter
         into a binding  definitive  agreement with Ballston  Bancorp,  Inc.. On
         December 16, 1997, the District Court denied the Company's motion for a
         preliminary  injunction and, as described elsewhere,  a majority of the
         shareholders  voted against the acquisition.  Subsequently,  on January
         23,  1998,  the  Company  filed an amended  complaint  against the same
         defendants,  and joined  Ferris,  Baker,  Watts,  Inc.,  an  investment
         banking  firm,  alleging  that  it  also  participated  in an  unlawful
         solicitation of proxies.  That complaint seeks damages of not less than
         $10 million. The defendants have not answered the complaint.  An answer
         is due on April 6, 1998. It is believed that the  defendants  will deny
         the  allegations.  The  defendants  may choose to assert  counterclaims
         against the Company and/or its other  directors.  There is currently no
         asserted claim against the Company,  therefore no accrual for any costs
         or potential  loss has been  accrued.  The action was  authorized  by a
         unanimous  vote  of a  Special  Committee  of the  Board  of  Directors
         consisting of the seven directors not named as defendant directors. The
         consent solicitation filed by directors Reynolds,  Hubbard and Shell on
         March 11,  1998 and  referred  to  below,  discloses  that a  principal
         purpose of the solicitation and reorganization of the board is to cause
         the Company to drop the  lawsuit.  The consent  solicitation  discloses
         that the director defendants have a conflict of interest in taking such
         action.

         Change of Control
         On  March   11,   1998,   Mr.   Reynolds,   his  wife  and  two   other
         director/stockholders,  Jeanne D.  Hubbard  and Robert L.  Shell,  Jr.,
         filed a preliminary consent solicitation  statement with the Securities
         and Exchange  Commission,  relating to their proposed  solicitation  of
         consents for the removal of four directors and the election of four new
         directors  to fill the  vacancies  created  by the  removal of the four
         directors. The Reynolds Group also filed another amendment to Schedule

                                       65

<PAGE>



         13D on March 11,  1998  relating to the efforts to effect the change in
         the  membership  of the Board of Directors of the Company.  As of March
         31, 1998, the status of the consent  solicitation is unknown to present
         management.

         Severance Agreements and Establishment of Grantor Trust
         On February  25, 1998,  the Board of Directors of the Company  approved
         the Company and the Bank each establishing a grantor trust with a third
         party trustee for the purpose of funding the severance  agreements with
         seven key  management  officials and for other  amounts  payable to the
         President  and  Chief   Executive   Officer  in  connection   with  the
         termination  of their  employment  following a change of  control.  The
         trusts are irrevocable for one year.

         In February  1998, the severance  benefits  payable under the severance
         agreements  with  the  seven  key  management  officials  increased  to
         $590,000 as a result of normal salary increases.

                                       66

<PAGE>




Item 7a.     Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

    Managing  interest  rate  risk  is  fundamental  to the  financial  services
industry. The Company's policies are designed to manage the inherently different
maturity and  repricing  characteristics  of the loan and deposit  portfolios to
achieve  a  desired  interest  sensitivity  position  and to limit  exposure  to
interest  rate  risk.  By using a  combination  of  on-and  off-  balance  sheet
financial  instruments,  the Company  manages  interest rate  sensitivity  while
optimizing  interest income within the  constraints of prudent capital  adequacy
and liquidity needs.  Principal  maturities and repricing profiles are monitored
through static gap analysis and future operating  results are simulated  through
computer modeling.

    The  management  of  interest  rate  sensitivity   includes  monitoring  the
maturities and repricing  opportunities  of interest earning assets and interest
bearing  liabilities.  The Company's  interest rate  sensitivity  analysis as of
December 31, 1997 is included in the Interest Sensitivity  Management section of
Management's   Discussion  and  Analysis  in  the  Company's  Annual  Report  to
Stockholders.  A rate  sensitivity  position is computed  for various  repricing
intervals by calculating  rate  sensitivity  gaps.  Interest  earning assets and
interest  bearing  liabilities  have been  distributed  based on their repricing
opportunities.  The  maturities  of certain  investments  and deposits have been
adjusted based on projected  prepayment  patterns,  historical  relationships to
changes  in market  interest  rates,  or call  dates of  securities  in light of
current market interest rates.  Although rate sensitivity gaps constantly change
as funds are acquired and invested, the Company's positive gap of $13,412 at one
year or less as of December 31, 1997, was approximately 13.43% of total interest
earning assets within one year.

    The Company  utilizes a simulation  model to measure and evaluate the impact
of changing  interest rates on net interest  income.  The simulation  techniques
involve changes in interest rate  relationships,  prepayment options inherent in
financial  instruments and directional changes in prevailing interest rates. The
table below  illustrates  the  projected  change in the  Company's  net interest
income  during  the next  twelve  months if all market  rates were to  uniformly
increase  or  decrease  by  2.00%  compared  to  the  results  of  a  flat  rate
environment.  These  projections,  based upon the Company's  balance sheet as of
December 31, 1997, were prepared using modeling techniques and assumptions which
were then used for asset/liability management purposes.

                                                       Increase (Decrease)
                                                       -------------------
Change in interest rates from current level          2.00%           (2.00)%
- -------------------------------------------          -----           -------

    Change in net interest income                    2.66%           (2.46)%

    The table indicates that if rates were to increase or decrease by 2.00%, net
interest  income  would be  expected  to increase by 2.66% or decrease by 2.46%,
respectively,  compared  to a  flat  rate  environment.  This  narrow  projected
exposure to interest rate risk is consistent with  management's  desire to limit
the  sensitivity of net interest income to changes in interest rates in order to
reduce  risk to  earnings  and  capital.  This model is based  solely on uniform
changes in market  rates and does not reflect  the levels of interest  rate risk
that may arise from other  factors  such as changes in the  spreads  between key
market rates or the shape of the Treasury yield curve.

    The Company has not entered into any derivative interest rate contracts.


Item 8.  Changes  in  and  Disagreements  with  Accountants  on  Accounting  and
         Financial Disclosure.

    A change in accountants was previously reported in the Company's  definitive
proxy  statement  filed  on  September  5,  1996,  pursuant  to Item  304(a)  of
Regulation S-B. No disclosure is required under paragraph (b) of Item 304.


                                       67

<PAGE>



                                    PART III


    The information called for by Items 9, 10, 11 and 12 is incorporated  herein
by reference to the Registrant's  definitive Proxy Statement for the 1998 Annual
Meeting of  Stockholders to be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal
year covered by the Form 10-KSB.


Item 9.      Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.

Item 10.     Executive Compensation.

Item 11.     Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.

Item 12.     Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

Item 13.     Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K.

    (a)      Exhibits

Exhibit
Number           Description of Exhibit

  3.1            Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended (1)

 3.1.1          Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (2)

  3.2            By-laws of the Company, as amended (3)

  4.1.1          Rights  Agreement  dated  as of April  12,  1994,  between  the
                 Company  and The First  National  Bank of  Maryland,  as Rights
                 Agent  (Right  Certificate  attached  as  Exhibit  A to  Rights
                 Agreement  and  Summary  of Rights to  Purchase  Common  Shares
                 attached as Exhibit B to Rights Agreement) (4)

  4.1.2          First Amendment dated April 20, 1995 between the Company and
                 The First National Bank of Maryland, as Rights Agent (5)

  10.1           Non-qualified Stock Option Plan, as amended (6)

  10.2           Employee Incentive Stock Option Plan and Agreement (7)

  10.3           Directors Stock Option Plan and Agreement (8)

  10.4           Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (9)

  10.5           1996 Employee Incentive Stock Option Plan and Agreement (10)

  10.6           1996 Directors Stock Option Plan and Agreement (11)

                                       68

<PAGE>



  10.7           Amendment to The Adams National Bank Employee Stock Ownership
                 Plan with 401(k) Provisions, dated February 18, 1997 (12)

  10.7.1         Second amendment to The Adams National Bank Employee Stock
                 Ownership Plan with 401(k) Provisions

  10.8           Employment Agreement dated February 20, 1996 between the 
                 Company, the Bank and Barbara Davis Blum, as amended on
                 March 29, 1996 (13)

   10.8.1        Amendment dated March 5, 1998 to Employment Agreement dated
                 February  20, 1996  between the  Company,  the Bank and Barbara
                 Davis Blum, as amended on March 29, 1996

  10.9           Lease Agreement dated November 1, 1992 between Chase Manhattan
                 Bank, N.A. as Trustee for Account Number p99904 and The Adams
                 National Bank (14)

  10.10          Lease Agreement dated November 1, 1992 between Chase Manhattan
                 Bank, N.A. as Trustee for Account Number p99904 and The Adams 
                 National Bank (15)

  10.11          Lease Agreement dated April 21, 1988 between Union Station 
                 Joint Venture, Ltd. and The Adams National Bank (16)

  10.12          Lease Agreement dated April 21, 1989, as amended on August 1,
                 1989 between Union Station Joint Venture, Ltd. and The Adams
                 National Bank (17)

  10.13          Amendment dated December 20, 1993 to Lease Agreement dated
                 April 21, 1989, as amended on August 1, 1989 between Union 
                 Station Joint Venture, Ltd. and The Adams National Bank  (18)

  10.14          Lease Agreement dated December 20, 1993 between Union Station 
                 Joint Venture, Ltd., and  The Adams National Bank (19)

  10.15          Sublease Agreement dated September 1, 1981, as amended
                 September 1, 1984, between 2909 M Associates and The Adams
                 National Bank (20)

  10.16          Lease Agreement dated March 6, 1996 between 1604 17th Street
                 Limited Partners and The Adams National Bank (21)

  10.17          Lease Agreement dated January 8, 1997 between Riverdale
                 International, Inc. and The Adams National Bank (22)

  10.18          Agreement for Information Technology Services between
                 Electronic Data Systems Corporation and The Adams National
                 Bank (23)

  10.18.1        Amendment to Agreement for Information Technology Services
                 between Electronic Data Systems Corporation and The Adams
                 National Bank

  10.19          Special Program Financial Services Agreement dated
                 December 30, 1993 between IBAA Bancard, Inc. and The Adams
                 National Bank (24)

                                       69

<PAGE>




  10.20          Deposit Insurance Transfer and Asset Purchase Agreement dated 
                 as of May 1, 1992 by and among the Federal Deposit Insurance
                 Corporation as Receiver of Metropolitan Bank, N.A., the Federal
                 Deposit Insurance Corporation and The Adams National Bank (25)

  10.21          Asset Pool Proposal Form and the Asset Pool Sale Agreement
                 dated as of July 6, 1993 by and among the Federal Deposit
                 Insurance Corporation as Receiver of City National Bank, the
                 Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and The Adams National
                 Bank (26)

  10.22          Severance Agreement between the Bank and Alexander Beltran
                 dated as of April 7, 1994, as amended March 5, 1998

  10.23          Severance Agreement between the Bank and Devin Blum dated as of
                 April 7, 1994, as amended March 5, 1998

  10.24          Severance Agreement between the Bank and Joyce R. Hertz dated
                 as of April 7, 1994, as  amended  March 5, 1998

  10.25          Severance Agreement between the Bank and Kimberly J. Levine
                 dated as of April 7, 1994, as  amended March 5, 1998

  10.26          Severance Agreement between the Bank and Melrose Nathan dated
                 as of April 7, 1994, as  amended March 5, 1998

  10.27          Severance Agreement between the Bank and Bijan Partovi dated
                 as of April 7, 1994, as amended March 5, 1998

  10.28          Agreement, dated April 20, 1995 between the Company and
                 Marshall T. Reynolds (27)

  10.29          Employment Agreement between the Bank and Kate Walsh Carr 
                 dated as of January 21, 1997, as  amended  March 5, 1998

  10.30          Grantor Trust of Abigail Adams National Bancorp, Inc. dated
                 March 4, 1998

  10.31          Grantor Trust of The Adams National Bank dated March 4, 1998

  21             Subsidiaries of the Registrant (28)

  23             Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick, LLP

  23.1           Consent of Arthur Andersen, LLP

  27             Financial Data Schedule for Bank Holding Companies

- ------------------------------
(1)              Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3 of the Company's Annual
                 Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1987

(2)              Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of Amendment No. 2 to
                 Form SB-2 filed July 9, 1996.

(3)              Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3 of the Company's Annual
                 Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1987


                                       70

<PAGE>



(4)            Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibits  1-3 of  the  Company's
               Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated April 12, 1994.

(5)            Incorporated   by  reference  to  Exhibit  4  to  the   Company's
               Registration Statement on Form 8-A/A dated April 21, 1995.

(6)            Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10(b) of the  Company's
               Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
               1987 and Exhibit  10(i) of the  Company's  Annual  Report on Form
               10-K for fiscal year ended December 31, 1989.

(7)            Incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit  10.2.2 of the  Company's
               Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
               1995.

(8)            Incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit  10.2.3 of the  Company's
               Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
               1995.

(9)            Incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit  10.2.4 of the  Company's
               Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
               1995.

(10)           Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company's Annual
               Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996.

(11)           Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Company's Annual
               Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996.

(12)           Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Company's Annual
               Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996.

(13)           Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company's Annual
               Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995.

(14)           Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10(d) of the  Company's
               Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
               1992.

(15)           Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10(e) of the  Company's
               Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
               1992.

(16)           Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10(f) of the  Company's
               Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30,
               1988.

(17)           Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10(g) of the  Company's
               Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
               1989.

(18)           Incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit  10.7.2 of the  Company's
               Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
               1993.


                                       71

<PAGE>



(19)           Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Company's Annual
               Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993.

(20)           Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Company's Annual
               Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994.

(21)           Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.10 of the  Company's
               Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
               1995.

(22)           Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.17 of the  Company's
               Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
               1996.

(23)           Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10(j) of the  Company's
               Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
               1992.

(24)           Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.11 of the  Company's
               Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
               1994.

(25)           Incorporated   by  reference  to  Exhibit  10  of  the  Company's
               Quarterly  Report on Form  10-Q for the  quarter  ended  June 30,
               1992.

(26)           Incorporated   by  reference  to  Exhibit  10  of  the  Company's
               Quarterly  Report on Form  10-Q for the  quarter  ended  June 30,
               1993.

(27)           Incorporated   by  reference  to  Exhibit  5  of  the   Company's
               Registration Statement on Form 8-A/A, dated April 21, 1995.

(28)           Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 22 of the Company's  Annual
               Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1987.


   (b)         No reports on Form 8-K were filed  during the last quarter of the
               fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.

                                       72

<PAGE>





                                   SIGNATURES

    In accordance  with Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the  Registrant
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized.


                                   ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC.
                                   ------------------------------------
                                   Registrant


Date:  March 30, 1998                  By:      /s/ Barbara Davis Blum
                                                ----------------------
                                                 Barbara Davis Blum
                                                 Chairwoman of the Board,
                                                 President and
                                                 Chief Executive Officer

    In  accordance  with the Exchange  Act, this report has been signed below by
the following  persons on behalf of the  Registrant and in the capacities and on
the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


       Signature                                Title                                     Date
       ---------                                -----                                     ----



<S>                                   <C>                                             <C>                                       
/s/ Barbara Davis Blum                Chairwoman of the Board, President              March 30, 1998
- -----------------------------         and Chief Executive Officer 
Barbara Davis Blum                    
    (Principal Executive Officer)


/s/ Shireen L. Dodson                 Director                                        March 30, 1998
- -----------------------------
Shireen Dodson


/s/ Susan Hager                       Director                                        March 30, 1998
- ------------------------------
Susan Hager


- ------------------------------        Director                                        March __, 1998
Jeanne Hubbard


/s/ Clarence L. James, Jr.            Director                                        March 30, 1998
- ---------------------------
Clarence L. James, Jr.



                                       73

<PAGE>



 /s/ Steve Protulis                   Director                                        March 30, 1998
- ------------------------------
Steve Protulis


- ------------------------------         Director                                        March __, 1998
Marshall T. Reynolds


- -------------------------------        Director                                        March __, 1998
Robert L. Shell, Jr.


/s/ Dana Stebbins                     Director                                        March 31, 1998
- --------------------------------
Dana Stebbins


/s/ Susan J. Williams                 Director                                        March 30, 1998
- --------------------------------
Susan J. Williams


/s/ Kimberly J. Levine                Senior Vice President,                          March 30, 1998
- -------------------------------       Treasurer and Chief Financial
Kimberly J. Levine                    Officer
    (Principal Financial
    and Accounting Officer)

</TABLE>

                                       74

<PAGE>





                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number       Description of Exhibit
- ------       ----------------------

3.1            Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended (1)

3.1.1          Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (2)

3.2            By-laws of the Company, as amended (3)

4.1.1          Rights Agreement dated as of April 12, 1994,  between the Company
               and The First  National Bank of Maryland,  as Rights Agent (Right
               Certificate attached as Exhibit A to Rights Agreement and Summary
               of Rights to  Purchase  Common  Shares  attached  as Exhibit B to
               Rights Agreement) (4)

4.1.2          First  Amendment dated April 20, 1995 between the Company and The
               First National Bank of Maryland, as Rights Agent (5)

10.1           Non-qualified Stock Option Plan, as amended (6)

10.2           Employee Incentive Stock Option Plan and Agreement (7)

10.3           Directors Stock Option Plan and Agreement (8)

10.4           Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (9)

10.5           1996 Employee Incentive Stock Option Plan and Agreement (10)

10.6           1996 Directors Stock Option Plan and Agreement (11)

10.7           Amendment to The Adams  National  Bank Employee  Stock  Ownership
               Plan with 401(k) Provisions, dated February 18, 1997 (12)

10.7.1         Second amendment to The Adams  National  Bank Employee  Stock
               Ownership Plan with 401(k) Provisions

10.8           Employment Agreement dated February 20, 1996 between the Company,
               the Bank and  Barbara  Davis  Blum,  as amended on March 29, 1996
               (13)

10.8.1         Amendment  dated March 5, 1998 to Employment  Agreement dated
               February 20, 1996 between the Company, the Bank and Barbara Davis
               Blum, as amended on March 29, 1996


                                       75

<PAGE>



10.9           Lease  Agreement  dated November 1, 1992 between Chase  Manhattan
               Bank,  N.A. as Trustee for  Account  Number  p99904 and The Adams
               National Bank (14)

10.10          Lease  Agreement  dated November 1, 1992 between Chase  Manhattan
               Bank,  N.A. as Trustee for  Account  Number  p99904 and The Adams
               National Bank (15)

10.11          Lease  Agreement dated April 21, 1988 between Union Station Joint
               Venture, Ltd. and The Adams National Bank (16)

10.12          Lease  Agreement  dated April 21,  1989,  as amended on August 1,
               1989 between  Union  Station  Joint  Venture,  Ltd. and The Adams
               National Bank (17)

10.13          Amendment  dated December 20, 1993 to Lease Agreement dated April
               21,  1989,  as amended on August 1, 1989  between  Union  Station
               Joint Venture, Ltd. and The Adams National Bank (18)

10.14          Lease  Agreement  dated  December 20, 1993 between  Union Station
               Joint Venture, Ltd., and The Adams National Bank (19)

10.15          Sublease  Agreement dated September 1, 1981, as amended September
               1, 1984,  between 2909 M Associates  and The Adams  National Bank
               (20)

10.16          Lease  Agreement  dated  March 6, 1996  between  1604 17th Street
               Limited Partners and The Adams National Bank (21)

10.17          Lease   Agreement   dated  January  8,  1997  between   Riverdale
               International, Inc. and The Adams National Bank (22)

10.18          Agreement for Information  Technology Services between Electronic
               Data Systems Corporation and The Adams National Bank (23)

10.18.1        Amendment  to  Agreement  for  Information   Technology  Services
               between  Electronic  Data  Systems   Corporation  and  The  Adams
               National Bank

10.19          Special Program Financial  Services  Agreement dated December 30,
               1993 between IBAA Bancard, Inc. and The Adams National Bank (24)

10.20          Deposit Insurance  Transfer and Asset Purchase Agreement dated as
               of May 1,  1992  by  and  among  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance
               Corporation as Receiver of Metropolitan  Bank,  N.A., the Federal
               Deposit Insurance Corporation and The Adams National Bank (25)

10.21          Asset Pool Proposal Form and the Asset Pool Sale Agreement  dated
               as of July 6,  1993 by and among the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance
               Corporation  as  Receiver  of City  National  Bank,  the  Federal
               Deposit Insurance Corporation and The Adams National Bank (26)


                                       76

<PAGE>



10.22          Severance  Agreement between the Bank and Alexander Beltran dated
               as of April 7, 1994, as amended March 5, 1998

10.23          Severance  Agreement  between the Bank and Devin Blum dated as of
               April 7, 1994, as amended March 5, 1998

10.24          Severance  Agreement between the Bank and Joyce R. Hertz dated as
               of April 7, 1994, as amended March 5, 1998

10.25          Severance Agreement between the Bank and Kimberly J. Levine dated
               as of April 7, 1994, as amended March 5, 1998

10.26          Severance  Agreement between the Bank and Melrose Nathan dated as
               of April 7, 1994, as amended March 5, 1998

10.27          Severance  Agreement  between the Bank and Bijan Partovi dated as
               of April 7, 1994, as amended March 5, 1998

10.28          Agreement,  dated April 20, 1995 between the Company and Marshall
               T. Reynolds (27)

10.29          Employment  Agreement  between the Bank and Kate Walsh Carr dated
               as of January 21, 1997, as amended March 5, 1998

10.30          Grantor Trust of Abigail Adams National Bancorp, Inc. dated
               March 4, 1998

10.31          Grantor Trust of The Adams National Bank dated March 4, 1998

21             Subsidiaries of the Registrant (28)

23             Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick, LLP

23.1           Consent of Arthur Andersen, LLP

27             Financial Data Schedule for Bank Holding Companies

- ------------------------------
(1)            Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 3 of the  Company's  Annual
               Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1987.

(2)            Incorporated  by reference  to Exhibit 3.2 of Amendment  No. 2 to
               Form SB-2 filed July 9, 1996.

(3)            Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 3 of the  Company's  Annual
               Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1987.

(4)            Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibits  1-3 of  the  Company's
               Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated April 12, 1994.

(5)            Incorporated   by  reference  to  Exhibit  4  to  the   Company's
               Registration Statement on Form 8-A/A dated April 21, 1995.

(6)            Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10(b) of the  Company's
               Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
               1987 and Exhibit  10(i) of the  Company's  Annual  Report on Form
               10-K for fiscal year ended December 31, 1989.


                                       77

<PAGE>



(7)            Incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit  10.2.2 of the  Company's
               Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
               1995.

(8)            Incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit  10.2.3 of the  Company's
               Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
               1995.

(9)            Incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit  10.2.4 of the  Company's
               Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
               1995.

(10)           Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company's Annual
               Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996.

(11)           Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Company's Annual
               Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996.

(12)           Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Company's Annual
               Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996.

(13)           Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company's Annual
               Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995.

(14)           Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10(d) of the  Company's
               Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
               1992.

(15)           Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10(e) of the  Company's
               Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
               1992.

(16)           Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10(f) of the  Company's
               Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30,
               1988.

(17)           Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10(g) of the  Company's
               Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
               1989.

(18)           Incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit  10.7.2 of the  Company's
               Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
               1993.

(19)           Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Company's Annual
               Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993.

(20)           Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Company's Annual
               Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994.

(21)           Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.10 of the  Company's
               Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
               1995.

(22)           Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.17 of the  Company's
               Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
               1996.

                                       78

<PAGE>




(23)           Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10(j) of the  Company's
               Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
               1992.

(24)           Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.11 of the  Company's
               Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
               1994.

(25)           Incorporated   by  reference  to  Exhibit  10  of  the  Company's
               Quarterly  Report on Form  10-Q for the  quarter  ended  June 30,
               1992.

(26)           Incorporated   by  reference  to  Exhibit  10  of  the  Company's
               Quarterly  Report on Form  10-Q for the  quarter  ended  June 30,
               1993.

(27)           Incorporated   by  reference  to  Exhibit  5  of  the   Company's
               Registration Statement on Form 8-A/A, dated April 21, 1995.

(28)           Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 22 of the Company's  Annual
               Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1987.



                                       79


Exhibit 10.7.1


                                SECOND AMENDMENT
                                     TO THE
                ADAMS NATIONAL BANK EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
                             WITH 401(k) PROVISIONS

               (AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 1996)

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


         Pursuant to the rights  reserved  in Section 9.1 of the Adams  National
Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan with 401(k) Provisions,  heretofore  restated
as of  January  1,  1996,  the Plan and  Trust is  hereby  amended  as  follows,
effective as of January 1, 1997 except as otherwise set forth below:

                                  FIRST CHANGE
                                  ------------

         Section  1.10 is amended to delete the third  paragraph  therein  which
states "For a Participant's initial year of  participation,...."  and replace it
with the following paragraph:

                  For  the  initial   year  of  an   Employee's   participation,
                  "Compensation"  shall mean  Compensation  for the entire  Plan
                  Year, not just  Compensation  for the portion of the Plan Year
                  in which the Employee was a Participant.

                                  SECOND CHANGE
                                  -------------

         Section 1.31 is amended to add the following  language before the final
paragraph:

                  "Highly  Compensated  Employee" means an Employee described in
                  Code  Section  414(q)  and  the  Regulations  thereunder,  and
                  generally  means an Employee  who  performs  services  for the
                  Employer  during the Plan Year, and is in one of the following
                  groups:

                           (a)      Employees  who at any time  during  the Plan
                                    Year  or  the  preceding   Year  were  "Five
                                    Percent Owners (5%)" as defined in Section
                                    1.37(c).

                           (b)      Employees who during the preceding Plan
                                    Year had Compensation from the Employee in
                                    excess of Eighty Thousand Dollars ($80,000).
                                    The Employer may elect to reduce the size of
                                    the Highly Compensated Employees Group in
                                    this subparagraph (b) by limiting this group
                                    to only those Employees who had Compensation
                                    from the Employer in excess of Eighty
                                    Thousand Dollars ($80,000) for the preceding
                                    Plan Year.



                                                 
                                        1

<PAGE>



                                  THIRD CHANGE
                                  ------------

         Section  4.2(k)(3) is amended to add the following  language at the end
of the paragraph:

                  Effective  January 1, 1997, there will no longer be a required
                  notice period for  revocation of a salary  deferral  reduction
                  agreement.  The  revocation  shall become  effective as of the
                  first day of the pay  period  next  following  receipt  of the
                  revocation notice.

                                  FOURTH CHANGE
                                  -------------

         Section 4.4(b)(3) is amended to delete the second paragraph and replace
it with the following:

                  Effective January 1, 1997, only Participants who complete more
                  than five hundred (500) Hours of Service  during the Plan Year
                  shall be eligible to share in the  discretionary  contribution
                  for that  year.  In  determining  whether  a  Participant  has
                  completed more than five hundred (500) Hours of Service during
                  a short  Plan Year,  the  number of Hours of Service  required
                  shall be  proportionately  reduced based on the number of full
                  months in the short Plan Year.

                                  FIFTH CHANGE
                                  ------------

         Section 4.11(a) is amended to add the following paragraph:

                  An Employee  shall be eligible to transfer  amounts from other
                  qualified  plans even if the Employee is not a Participant  in
                  the  Plan at the  time of the  transfer.  Notwithstanding  the
                  foregoing,  the Employee shall not be treated as a Participant
                  for  purposes of receiving  any  allocation  under  Article IV
                  until the Employee  satisfies the eligibility  requirements of
                  Section 3.1.

                                  SIXTH CHANGE
                                  ------------

         Section  7.4(a)  shall be  amended to delete  the first  paragraph  and
replace it with the following:

                  On  or  before  the   Anniversary   Date  coinciding  with  or
                  subsequent to the  termination of a  Participant's  employment
                  for  any  reason  other  than  death,   Total  and   Permanent
                  Disability  or   retirement,   the  Vested   portion  of  such
                  Terminated  Participant's  Combined  Account shall remain in a
                  separate  account  for the  Terminated  Participant  and shall
                  share in  allocations  pursuant to Section 4.4 until such time
                  as a distribution is made to the Terminated Participant.


                                                
                                        2

<PAGE>



                                 SEVENTH CHANGE
                                 --------------

         Section 7.4(a) is amended to delete the third  paragraph and replace it
with the following:

                  Distribution  of the  funds  due to a  Terminated  Participant
                  shall be made on the occurrence of an event which would result
                  in the distribution had the Terminated Participant remained in
                  the  employ of the  Employer  (upon the  Participant's  death,
                  Total and Permanent  Disability,  Early or Normal Retirement).
                  However, at the election of the Participant, the Administrator
                  shall direct the Trustee to cause the entire Vested portion of
                  the Terminated Participant's Combined Account to be payable to
                  such Terminated  Participant on or after the Anniversary  Date
                  coinciding  with or next following  termination of employment.
                  Distribution to a Participant  shall include any Company Stock
                  acquired  with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan unless the terms
                  of the Exempt Loan  prohibit  distribution  until the close of
                  the Plan  Year in  which  such  loan is  repaid  in full.  Any
                  distribution  under this  paragraph  shall be made in a manner
                  which is  consistent  with and  satisfies  the  provisions  of
                  Section 7.5 and 7.6, including, but not limited to, all notice
                  and consent  requirements  of Code Section  411(a)(11) and the
                  Regulations thereunder.

                                  EIGHTH CHANGE
                                  -------------

         Section 7.4(b) is amended to add the following additional sentence:

                  The portion of any  Participant's  Account with respect to the
                  Employee's Salary Reduction Elections made pursuant to Section
                  4.1(a) and the Employer's Matching  Contribution made pursuant
                  to Section 4.1(b) shall be 100% vested immediately.

                                  NINTH CHANGE
                                  ------------

         Section 7.5(b) is deleted and replaced with the following:

               (b)            Unless the Participant  elects in writing a longer
                              distribution  period or elects a lump sum payment,
                              distributions  to a Participant or his Beneficiary
                              attributable   to  Company   Stock   shall  be  in
                              substantially     equal    monthly,     quarterly,
                              semiannual,  or annual  installments over a period
                              not longer  than five (5) years.  In the case of a
                              Participant  with an account balance  attributable
                              to Company  Stock in excess of $500,000,  the five
                              (5)  year  period  shall  be  extended  by one (1)
                              additional  year  (but  not  more  than  five  (5)
                              additional  years) for each  $100,000  or fraction
                              thereof by which such  balance  exceeds  $500,000.
                              The dollar  limits  shall be  adjusted at the same
                              time and in the same  manner as  provided  in Code
                              Section 415(d).



                                                 
                                        3

<PAGE>


               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment this
________day of _______, 1998.

WITNESS:                                    THE ADAMS NATIONAL BANK


______________________________              By:_________________________(SEAL)















                                                 
                                        4


Exhibit 10.8.1


                        AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         THIS AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "Amendment") is made as of
this 5th day of March, 1998 by and among Abigail Adams National Bancorp, Inc., a
Delaware  corporation  (the  "Company"),  The Adams  National  Bank,  a national
banking association (the "Bank") and Barbara Davis Blum (the "Executive").

                                    RECITALS

         A. The Company,  the Bank and the Executive  entered into an Employment
Agreement  dated as of  February  20, 1996 and amended as of March 29, 1996 (the
"Original Agreement").

         B. Events occurring after the failure to obtain stockholder approval of
the acquisition of Ballston  Bancorp have increased the degree of uncertainty as
to future job security for the Executive.

         C. The Board of Directors of the Company and of the Bank  believes that
the  interest  of the Bank and the  Company  will best be served by  helping  to
relieve the Executive of uncertainty about her personal economic interest in the
event of any actual or  proposed  Change in Control,  and thereby  permit her to
devote her uninterrupted  attention to the performance of her duties to the Bank
and the Company.

         D.  The  Board  of  Directors  of the  Company  and of the Bank and the
Executive desire to amend the Original Agreement as set forth herein.

         NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed that:

         1.  From and  after  the date of this  Agreement,  1998,  the  Original
Agreement shall be amended as follows:

                  (a) Section 10(a)(i) shall be deleted in its entirety, and the
following new Section 10(a)(i) shall be substituted in lieu thereof:

                  Notwithstanding any provisions herein to the contrary,  if the
Executive's  employment under this Agreement is terminated by the Company or the
Bank,  without the Executive's prior written consent and for a reason other than
Just  Cause,  or if the  Executive  is asked to resign,  as a  condition  to, in
preparation  for, or otherwise in connection  with, or within 12 months after, a
Change in Control  (as defined  herein) of the Company or the Bank,  the Company
and the Bank shall pay and/or grant the Executive the following compensation and
benefits:  (i) a cash payment  equal to two times her base salary at the time of
such  resignation or termination;  (ii) the fringe  benefits  provided for under
this Agreement or otherwise for a period of two years following such resignation
or  termination;  and (iii)  the  acceleration  of any  unvested  stock  options
previously  granted to the Executive.  At Executive's  option,  she may elect to
receive the cash payment provided for herein in installments.  The cash payments
set forth in Section (i) and (ii) herein shall be paid in the following order of
priority:  (A) from the funds in the separate  grantor trust between the Company
and the

                                                 

<PAGE>



Trustee;  (B) from the funds in the separate  grantor trust between the Bank and
the Trustee; (C) from the Company; and (D) from the Bank.

          (b)  Section  10(b)  shall be  amended  by  adding  at the end of such
section the following language:

          or (vii) the  Executive  is requested  by  management  or the Board of
Directors  of the  Bank or the  Company  to  engage  in  conduct  which  she can
demonstrate is illegal.

          (c) The  following  new  Section  17 shall  be  added to the  Original
Agreement:

         17.  Unfunded  Arrangement.  In conjunction  with the execution of this
              ----------------------
Agreement,  the Company and the Bank shall each  establish a grantor  trust,  as
that term is defined in Section 671 of the Internal  Revenue  Code,  in order to
fund its  obligations  to provide a cash payment  equal to two times base salary
and  fringe  benefits  for a two  year  period  in  the  event  the  Executive's
employment  is  terminated  in  accordance  with  Paragraph  10 of the  Original
Agreement.  The grantor trust,  which shall be irrevocable,  will be governed by
the terms of separate  trust  agreements  entered  into  between the Company and
NationsBank,  and the Bank and NationsBank,  the terms of which are incorporated
by  reference.  To the  extent  that the  Executive  acquires a right to receive
benefits under this Agreement,  such right shall be no greater than the right of
any unsecured general creditor of the Company.

         2. This  Amendment  is for the  purposed of inducing  the  Executive to
continue her employment  with the Company and the Bank and in  consideration  of
the  services  rendered by the  Executive to the Bank from and after the date of
this  Amendment,  which  consideration  the  Company  and the Bank  each  hereby
acknowledge is fair and adequate.

         3. From and after the Effective  Date, the Original  Agreement shall be
amended as set forth herein and all other terms of the Original  Agreement shall
remain in full force and effect as amended hereby.

         4. The parties hereto  acknowledge  that this Amendment and the related
grantor trusts were prepared pursuant to their mutual request by the law firm of
Ober, Kaler,  Grimes & Shriver,  counsel solely to the Company and the Bank. The
Executive acknowledges that she is sophisticated in business matters (including,
but not limited to, employment  agreements) and that she has had the opportunity
to  seek  independent  legal  advice.   Each  of  the  Executive  and  the  Bank
specifically  waives any actual or apparent  conflict of interest of Ober Kaler,
Grimes & Shriver in connection  with the  preparation  and  negotiation  of this
Amendment.








              

<PAGE>



         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Amendment as of the
day and year first above written.

ATTEST:                                      ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL
                                             BANCORP, INC.

              
___________________________                  By:_______________________________
Joyce R. Hertz, Secretary                       Clarence L. James, Jr.


ATTEST:                                      THE ADAMS NATIONAL BANK


__________ _________                          By:______________________________
Joyce R. Hertz                                   Clarence L. James

WITNESS:


- ---------------------------                     --------------------------------
                                                   Barbara Davis Blum




Exhibit 10.18.1


                                RENEWAL ADDENDUM

THIS ADDENDUM ("Addendum") to that certain Agreement for Information  Technology
Services  ("Agreement")  between ELECTRONIC DATA SYSTEMS CORPORATION ("EDS") and
THE ADAMS NATIONAL BANK  ("Customer"),  dated June 5, 1992, is between  Customer
and EDS.  To the extent  that any  provision  of the  Agreement  or  Addendum is
inconsistent with this Addendum, this Addendum will control.

The parties agree to amend the Agreement as follows:

1.        Section 2.1 of the Agreement is hereby amended in its entirely to read
          as follows:

          Term. This agreement will begin on June 6, 1997 and, unless terminated
          earlier  under  Section 7.2,  7.3,  7.4, or 9.5,  will  continue for a
          period  of  one  (1)  year  until  June  5,  1998  ("Renewal   Term").
          Thereafter, this Agreement will not automatically renew.

2.        Schedule  C  Service  Charges,  Section  2 -  Charges  for  Conversion
          Services is hereby amended in its entirely to read as follows:

          All  additional  conversions  (acquisitions)  for Customer shall be at
          EDS' then current rate. This charge will vary dependent upon processor
          and number of application systems converted.

3.        Customer  will convert to the ITI Standard  transaction  code no later
          than July 3, 1997.

4.       Customer  will  convert to image check  capture no later than August 1,
         1997. Customer's parallel image statements/traditional  statements will
         begin with all statement  cycles after August 31, 1997 and the parallel
         period will be no longer than two (2) statements cycles.

5.       Four (4)  originals of this  Addendum will be executed and submitted to
         EDS by Customer.  EDS will return one (1) of the executed  originals to
         Customer.

6.       Except as amended by this Addendum, the Agreement will be and remain in
         full force and effect in accordance with its terms.  Capitalized  terms
         used in  this  Addendum  will be as  defined  in the  Agreement  unless
         otherwise expressly defined in this Addendum.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this addendum as of the 12th day
of June, 1997

ELECTRONIC DATA SYSTEMS CORPORATION             THE ADAMS NATIONAL BANK

By:____________________________________         By:___________________________

Printed                                         Printed
Name: __________________________________        Name:________________________


Title:___________________________________       Title:_________________________


Date:___________________________________        Date:_________________________




Exhibit 10.22


                    AMENDED AND RESTATED SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

         This Amended and Restated Severance  Agreement is made and entered into
as of this 5th day of March,  1998 by and between  The Adams  National  Bank,  a
national        banking        association        (the       "Bank"),        and
Alexander Beltran ("Executive").

                                 R E C I T A L S

         A. The Board of Directors of the Bank  believes that the Executive is a
critically  important member of the management of the Bank upon whose continuing
services the Bank depends and will depend for its future growth and prosperity.

         B. The Board of Directors desires to assure itself of the uninterrupted
and unimpaired performance and loyalty of the Executive to the Bank in the event
of any actual or proposed  Change in Control of the Bank or its parent,  Abigail
Adams National Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company").

         C. Events occurring after the failure to obtain stockholder approval of
the acquisition of Ballston  Bancorp have increased the degree of uncertainty as
to future job security for the Executive.

         D. The Board of Directors  believes  that the interests of the Bank and
the  Company  will best be served  by  providing  the  Executive  with  economic
assurances  which will help to relieve  her of  uncertainty  about her  personal
economic interests in the event of any actual or proposed change in control, and
thereby  permit  her to devote  her  uninterrupted  attention  to the  continued
performance of her duties to the Bank.

         NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:

         1.       Definitions.  For Purposes of this Agreement, the following
terms have the meanings indicated:

                  (a)     "Change in Control" means any of the following events:

                           (i) when the  Company  or the  Bank  acquires  actual
                  knowledge  that any  person  (as such term is used in  Section
                  13(d) and 15(d)(2) of the  Securities and Exchange Act of 1934
                  (the  "Exchange  Act")),  other than an employee  benefit plan
                  established  or  maintained  by the Company or the Bank, is or
                  becomes the beneficial  owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the
                  Exchange  Act)  directly  or  indirectly,  or record  owner of
                  securities  of the  Company  representing  20% or  more of the
                  combined  voting  power  of  the  Company's  then  outstanding
                  securities;

                           (ii) upon the first purchase of the Company's  common
                  stock  pursuant  to a tender or exchange  offer  (other than a
                  tender or  exchange  offer made by the  Company or an employee
                  benefit plan  established  or maintained by the Company or the
                  Bank);


                                        1

<PAGE>


                           (iii) upon the approval by the Company's stockholders
                  of (A) a merger or  consolidation  of the Company with or into
                  another  corporation (other than a merger or consolidation the
                  definitive   agreement  for  which   provides  that  at  least
                  two-thirds  of the  directors  of the  surviving  or resulting
                  corporation  immediately  after the transaction are Continuing
                  Directors (hereinafter defined)), (B) a sale or disposition of
                  all or substantially all of the Company's assets or (C) a plan
                  of liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

                           (iv) if during any period of two  consecutive  years,
                  individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the
                  Board of  Directors  of either  the  Company  or the Bank (the
                  "Continuing  Directors") cease for any reason to constitute at
                  least two-thirds thereof;

                           (v)  upon a sale of (A)  common  stock of the Bank if
                  after such sale any person (as defined above),  other than the
                  Company or an employee  benefit plan established or maintained
                  by the  Company  or the Bank,  owns a  majority  of the Bank's
                  common  stock or (B) all or  substantially  all of the  Bank's
                  assets; or

                           (vi) any other  agreement,  happening or device which
                  has substantially the same effect on control of the Company or
                  the Bank as any of the foregoing.

         The  events  described  above  shall  be  deemed a  Change  in  Control
regardless  of whether  such event was  approved in advance by a majority of the
Continuing Directors then in office.

                  (b) The Executive will be deemed to be  "Terminated"  upon the
occurrence of any one of the following events:

                           (i)      the involuntary termination without cause of
                  the Executive's employment with the Bank;

                           (ii) the  relocation of the principal  place at which
                  the  Executive's  duties  are to be  performed  to a  location
                  outside a 35-mile radius of the District of Columbia;

                           (iii)    a reduction in the Executive's compensation;

                           (iv) a change in benefits or perquisites  provided to
                  the  Executive  which  is  deemed  materially  adverse  by the
                  Executive;

                           (v) a  change  in the  Executive's  responsibilities,
                  authorities or functions which is deemed materially adverse by
                  the Executive; or

                           (vi) the  Executive is requested by management or the
                  Board of  Directors to engage in conduct  which the  Executive
                  can demonstrate is illegal.


                                        2

<PAGE>



                  (c)  "Rabbi  Trust"  means a  grantor  trust,  as that term is
defined in Section 671 of the Internal Revenue Code,  established  pursuant to a
trust agreement entered into between the Bank and NationsBank.

         2.  Compensation.  Executive  shall be entitled to resign from the Bank
within  the one year  period  following  a Change in  Control of the Bank or the
Company and if the Change in Control has not been  approved by a majority of the
Continuing  Directors  then in office,  the  Executive  shall receive a lump sum
payment  equal to one  year's  full base  salary at the rate  applicable  to the
Executive in effect  immediately  prior to the Change in Control (the "Severance
Payment").  Executive shall also receive the Severance  Payment in the event she
is asked to resign or her employment  with the Bank is Terminated as a condition
to, in preparation for, or otherwise in connection with a Change in Control,  or
within  the one  year  period  following  a  Change  in  Control,  prior  to the
resignation of the Executive, whether or not such change in Control was approved
by a majority of the Continuing Directors.

         3. Limitation on Severance  Payment.  Any Severance  Payment payable in
accordance  with this  Agreement  shall be reduced  to the extent  that any such
payment  constitutes an "Excess  Parachute  Payment," as such term is defined in
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         4.  Consideration.  This  Agreement  is for the purpose of inducing the
Executive to continue her employment with the Bank and in  consideration  of the
services  rendered by the  Executive to the Bank from and after the date of this
Agreement,  which  consideration  the  Bank  hereby  acknowledges  is  fair  and
adequate.

         5. Rabbi Trust.  In conjunction  with the execution of this  Agreement,
the  Bank  shall  establish  an  irrevocable  Rabbi  Trust  in order to fund its
Severance Payment obligations under this Agreement. The terms of the Rabbi Trust
are incorporated by reference. To the extent that the Executive acquires a right
to receive  benefits under this  Agreement,  such right shall be no greater than
the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Bank.

         6.  Successors.  This  Agreement  shall  inure  to the  benefit  of the
Executive,  her heirs,  personal  representatives and assigns and shall bind the
Bank and its successors.

         7.  Waiver.  The  parties  hereto  acknowledge  that this  Amended  and
Restated  Severance  Agreement and the related Rabbi Trust was prepared pursuant
to  their  mutual  request  by the law firm of Ober,  Kaler,  Grimes &  Shriver,
counsel solely to the Company and the Bank. The Executive  acknowledges that she
is sophisticated in business matters (including,  but not limited to, employment
agreements)  and  that she has had the  opportunity  to seek  independent  legal
advice.  Each of the  Executive and the Bank  specifically  waives any actual or
apparent conflict of interest of Ober Kaler, Grimes & Shriver in connection with
the  preparation  and  negotiation  of  this  Amended  and  Restated   Severance
Agreement.




                                        3

<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
day and year first above written.


                                      THE ADAMS NATIONAL BANK


                                      By: _____________________________________
                                          Barbara Davis Blum
                                          Chairwoman, President and
                                          Chief Executive Officer



                                          -------------------------------------
                                           Name: _____________________________



                                        4





Exhibit 10.23


                    AMENDED AND RESTATED SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

         This Amended and Restated Severance  Agreement is made and entered into
as of this 5th day of March,  1998 by and between  The Adams  National  Bank,  a
national        banking        association        (the       "Bank"),        and
Devin Blum ("Executive").

                                 R E C I T A L S

         A. The Board of Directors of the Bank  believes that the Executive is a
critically  important member of the management of the Bank upon whose continuing
services the Bank depends and will depend for its future growth and prosperity.

         B. The Board of Directors desires to assure itself of the uninterrupted
and unimpaired performance and loyalty of the Executive to the Bank in the event
of any actual or proposed  Change in Control of the Bank or its parent,  Abigail
Adams National Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company").

         C. Events occurring after the failure to obtain stockholder approval of
the acquisition of Ballston  Bancorp have increased the degree of uncertainty as
to future job security for the Executive.

         D. The Board of Directors  believes  that the interests of the Bank and
the  Company  will best be served  by  providing  the  Executive  with  economic
assurances  which will help to relieve  her of  uncertainty  about her  personal
economic interests in the event of any actual or proposed change in control, and
thereby  permit  her to devote  her  uninterrupted  attention  to the  continued
performance of her duties to the Bank.

         NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:

         1.       Definitions.  For Purposes of this Agreement, the following
terms have the meanings indicated:

                  (a)     "Change in Control" means any of the following events:

                           (i) when the  Company  or the  Bank  acquires  actual
                  knowledge  that any  person  (as such term is used in  Section
                  13(d) and 15(d)(2) of the  Securities and Exchange Act of 1934
                  (the  "Exchange  Act")),  other than an employee  benefit plan
                  established  or  maintained  by the Company or the Bank, is or
                  becomes the beneficial  owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the
                  Exchange  Act)  directly  or  indirectly,  or record  owner of
                  securities  of the  Company  representing  20% or  more of the
                  combined  voting  power  of  the  Company's  then  outstanding
                  securities;

                           (ii) upon the first purchase of the Company's  common
                  stock  pursuant  to a tender or exchange  offer  (other than a
                  tender or  exchange  offer made by the  Company or an employee
                  benefit plan  established  or maintained by the Company or the
                  Bank);


                                        1

<PAGE>


                           (iii) upon the approval by the Company's stockholders
                  of (A) a merger or  consolidation  of the Company with or into
                  another  corporation (other than a merger or consolidation the
                  definitive   agreement  for  which   provides  that  at  least
                  two-thirds  of the  directors  of the  surviving  or resulting
                  corporation  immediately  after the transaction are Continuing
                  Directors (hereinafter defined)), (B) a sale or disposition of
                  all or substantially all of the Company's assets or (C) a plan
                  of liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

                           (iv) if during any period of two  consecutive  years,
                  individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the
                  Board of  Directors  of either  the  Company  or the Bank (the
                  "Continuing  Directors") cease for any reason to constitute at
                  least two-thirds thereof;

                           (v)  upon a sale of (A)  common  stock of the Bank if
                  after such sale any person (as defined above),  other than the
                  Company or an employee  benefit plan established or maintained
                  by the  Company  or the Bank,  owns a  majority  of the Bank's
                  common  stock or (B) all or  substantially  all of the  Bank's
                  assets; or

                           (vi) any other  agreement,  happening or device which
                  has substantially the same effect on control of the Company or
                  the Bank as any of the foregoing.

         The  events  described  above  shall  be  deemed a  Change  in  Control
regardless  of whether  such event was  approved in advance by a majority of the
Continuing Directors then in office.

                  (b) The Executive will be deemed to be  "Terminated"  upon the
occurrence of any one of the following events:

                           (i)      the involuntary termination without cause of
                  the Executive's employment with the Bank;

                           (ii) the  relocation of the principal  place at which
                  the  Executive's  duties  are to be  performed  to a  location
                  outside a 35-mile radius of the District of Columbia;

                           (iii)    a reduction in the Executive's compensation;

                           (iv) a change in benefits or perquisites  provided to
                  the  Executive  which  is  deemed  materially  adverse  by the
                  Executive;

                           (v) a  change  in the  Executive's  responsibilities,
                  authorities or functions which is deemed materially adverse by
                  the Executive; or

                           (vi) the  Executive is requested by management or the
                  Board of  Directors to engage in conduct  which the  Executive
                  can demonstrate is illegal.


                                        2

<PAGE>



                  (c)  "Rabbi  Trust"  means a  grantor  trust,  as that term is
defined in Section 671 of the Internal Revenue Code,  established  pursuant to a
trust agreement entered into between the Bank and NationsBank.

         2.  Compensation.  Executive  shall be entitled to resign from the Bank
within  the one year  period  following  a Change in  Control of the Bank or the
Company and if the Change in Control has not been  approved by a majority of the
Continuing  Directors  then in office,  the  Executive  shall receive a lump sum
payment  equal to one  year's  full base  salary at the rate  applicable  to the
Executive in effect  immediately  prior to the Change in Control (the "Severance
Payment").  Executive shall also receive the Severance  Payment in the event she
is asked to resign or her employment  with the Bank is Terminated as a condition
to, in preparation for, or otherwise in connection with a Change in Control,  or
within  the one  year  period  following  a  Change  in  Control,  prior  to the
resignation of the Executive, whether or not such change in Control was approved
by a majority of the Continuing Directors.

         3. Limitation on Severance  Payment.  Any Severance  Payment payable in
accordance  with this  Agreement  shall be reduced  to the extent  that any such
payment  constitutes an "Excess  Parachute  Payment," as such term is defined in
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         4.  Consideration.  This  Agreement  is for the purpose of inducing the
Executive to continue her employment with the Bank and in  consideration  of the
services  rendered by the  Executive to the Bank from and after the date of this
Agreement,  which  consideration  the  Bank  hereby  acknowledges  is  fair  and
adequate.

         5. Rabbi Trust.  In conjunction  with the execution of this  Agreement,
the  Bank  shall  establish  an  irrevocable  Rabbi  Trust  in order to fund its
Severance Payment obligations under this Agreement. The terms of the Rabbi Trust
are incorporated by reference. To the extent that the Executive acquires a right
to receive  benefits under this  Agreement,  such right shall be no greater than
the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Bank.

         6.  Successors.  This  Agreement  shall  inure  to the  benefit  of the
Executive,  her heirs,  personal  representatives and assigns and shall bind the
Bank and its successors.

         7.  Waiver.  The  parties  hereto  acknowledge  that this  Amended  and
Restated  Severance  Agreement and the related Rabbi Trust was prepared pursuant
to  their  mutual  request  by the law firm of Ober,  Kaler,  Grimes &  Shriver,
counsel solely to the Company and the Bank. The Executive  acknowledges that she
is sophisticated in business matters (including,  but not limited to, employment
agreements)  and  that she has had the  opportunity  to seek  independent  legal
advice.  Each of the  Executive and the Bank  specifically  waives any actual or
apparent conflict of interest of Ober Kaler, Grimes & Shriver in connection with
the  preparation  and  negotiation  of  this  Amended  and  Restated   Severance
Agreement.




                                        3

<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
day and year first above written.


                                      THE ADAMS NATIONAL BANK


                                      By: _____________________________________
                                          Barbara Davis Blum
                                          Chairwoman, President and
                                          Chief Executive Officer



                                          -------------------------------------
                                           Name: _____________________________



                                        4



Exhibit 10.24


                    AMENDED AND RESTATED SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

         This Amended and Restated Severance  Agreement is made and entered into
as of this 5th day of March,  1998 by and between  The Adams  National  Bank,  a
national        banking        association        (the       "Bank"),        and
Joyce R. Hertz ("Executive").

                                 R E C I T A L S

         A. The Board of Directors of the Bank  believes that the Executive is a
critically  important member of the management of the Bank upon whose continuing
services the Bank depends and will depend for its future growth and prosperity.

         B. The Board of Directors desires to assure itself of the uninterrupted
and unimpaired performance and loyalty of the Executive to the Bank in the event
of any actual or proposed  Change in Control of the Bank or its parent,  Abigail
Adams National Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company").

         C. Events occurring after the failure to obtain stockholder approval of
the acquisition of Ballston  Bancorp have increased the degree of uncertainty as
to future job security for the Executive.

         D. The Board of Directors  believes  that the interests of the Bank and
the  Company  will best be served  by  providing  the  Executive  with  economic
assurances  which will help to relieve  her of  uncertainty  about her  personal
economic interests in the event of any actual or proposed change in control, and
thereby  permit  her to devote  her  uninterrupted  attention  to the  continued
performance of her duties to the Bank.

         NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:

         1.       Definitions.  For Purposes of this Agreement, the following
terms have the meanings indicated:

                  (a)     "Change in Control" means any of the following events:

                           (i) when the  Company  or the  Bank  acquires  actual
                  knowledge  that any  person  (as such term is used in  Section
                  13(d) and 15(d)(2) of the  Securities and Exchange Act of 1934
                  (the  "Exchange  Act")),  other than an employee  benefit plan
                  established  or  maintained  by the Company or the Bank, is or
                  becomes the beneficial  owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the
                  Exchange  Act)  directly  or  indirectly,  or record  owner of
                  securities  of the  Company  representing  20% or  more of the
                  combined  voting  power  of  the  Company's  then  outstanding
                  securities;

                           (ii) upon the first purchase of the Company's  common
                  stock  pursuant  to a tender or exchange  offer  (other than a
                  tender or  exchange  offer made by the  Company or an employee
                  benefit plan  established  or maintained by the Company or the
                  Bank);


                                        1

<PAGE>


                           (iii) upon the approval by the Company's stockholders
                  of (A) a merger or  consolidation  of the Company with or into
                  another  corporation (other than a merger or consolidation the
                  definitive   agreement  for  which   provides  that  at  least
                  two-thirds  of the  directors  of the  surviving  or resulting
                  corporation  immediately  after the transaction are Continuing
                  Directors (hereinafter defined)), (B) a sale or disposition of
                  all or substantially all of the Company's assets or (C) a plan
                  of liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

                           (iv) if during any period of two  consecutive  years,
                  individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the
                  Board of  Directors  of either  the  Company  or the Bank (the
                  "Continuing  Directors") cease for any reason to constitute at
                  least two-thirds thereof;

                           (v)  upon a sale of (A)  common  stock of the Bank if
                  after such sale any person (as defined above),  other than the
                  Company or an employee  benefit plan established or maintained
                  by the  Company  or the Bank,  owns a  majority  of the Bank's
                  common  stock or (B) all or  substantially  all of the  Bank's
                  assets; or

                           (vi) any other  agreement,  happening or device which
                  has substantially the same effect on control of the Company or
                  the Bank as any of the foregoing.

         The  events  described  above  shall  be  deemed a  Change  in  Control
regardless  of whether  such event was  approved in advance by a majority of the
Continuing Directors then in office.

                  (b) The Executive will be deemed to be  "Terminated"  upon the
occurrence of any one of the following events:

                           (i)      the involuntary termination without cause of
                  the Executive's employment with the Bank;

                           (ii) the  relocation of the principal  place at which
                  the  Executive's  duties  are to be  performed  to a  location
                  outside a 35-mile radius of the District of Columbia;

                           (iii)    a reduction in the Executive's compensation;

                           (iv) a change in benefits or perquisites  provided to
                  the  Executive  which  is  deemed  materially  adverse  by the
                  Executive;

                           (v) a  change  in the  Executive's  responsibilities,
                  authorities or functions which is deemed materially adverse by
                  the Executive; or

                           (vi) the  Executive is requested by management or the
                  Board of  Directors to engage in conduct  which the  Executive
                  can demonstrate is illegal.


                                        2

<PAGE>



                  (c)  "Rabbi  Trust"  means a  grantor  trust,  as that term is
defined in Section 671 of the Internal Revenue Code,  established  pursuant to a
trust agreement entered into between the Bank and NationsBank.

         2.  Compensation.  Executive  shall be entitled to resign from the Bank
within  the one year  period  following  a Change in  Control of the Bank or the
Company and if the Change in Control has not been  approved by a majority of the
Continuing  Directors  then in office,  the  Executive  shall receive a lump sum
payment  equal to one  year's  full base  salary at the rate  applicable  to the
Executive in effect  immediately  prior to the Change in Control (the "Severance
Payment").  Executive shall also receive the Severance  Payment in the event she
is asked to resign or her employment  with the Bank is Terminated as a condition
to, in preparation for, or otherwise in connection with a Change in Control,  or
within  the one  year  period  following  a  Change  in  Control,  prior  to the
resignation of the Executive, whether or not such change in Control was approved
by a majority of the Continuing Directors.

         3. Limitation on Severance  Payment.  Any Severance  Payment payable in
accordance  with this  Agreement  shall be reduced  to the extent  that any such
payment  constitutes an "Excess  Parachute  Payment," as such term is defined in
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         4.  Consideration.  This  Agreement  is for the purpose of inducing the
Executive to continue her employment with the Bank and in  consideration  of the
services  rendered by the  Executive to the Bank from and after the date of this
Agreement,  which  consideration  the  Bank  hereby  acknowledges  is  fair  and
adequate.

         5. Rabbi Trust.  In conjunction  with the execution of this  Agreement,
the  Bank  shall  establish  an  irrevocable  Rabbi  Trust  in order to fund its
Severance Payment obligations under this Agreement. The terms of the Rabbi Trust
are incorporated by reference. To the extent that the Executive acquires a right
to receive  benefits under this  Agreement,  such right shall be no greater than
the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Bank.

         6.  Successors.  This  Agreement  shall  inure  to the  benefit  of the
Executive,  her heirs,  personal  representatives and assigns and shall bind the
Bank and its successors.

         7.  Waiver.  The  parties  hereto  acknowledge  that this  Amended  and
Restated  Severance  Agreement and the related Rabbi Trust was prepared pursuant
to  their  mutual  request  by the law firm of Ober,  Kaler,  Grimes &  Shriver,
counsel solely to the Company and the Bank. The Executive  acknowledges that she
is sophisticated in business matters (including,  but not limited to, employment
agreements)  and  that she has had the  opportunity  to seek  independent  legal
advice.  Each of the  Executive and the Bank  specifically  waives any actual or
apparent conflict of interest of Ober Kaler, Grimes & Shriver in connection with
the  preparation  and  negotiation  of  this  Amended  and  Restated   Severance
Agreement.




                                        3

<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
day and year first above written.


                                      THE ADAMS NATIONAL BANK


                                      By: _____________________________________
                                          Barbara Davis Blum
                                          Chairwoman, President and
                                          Chief Executive Officer



                                          -------------------------------------
                                           Name: _____________________________



                                        4





Exhibit 10.25
                    AMENDED AND RESTATED SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

         This Amended and Restated Severance  Agreement is made and entered into
as of this 5th day of March,  1998 by and between  The Adams  National  Bank,  a
national        banking        association        (the       "Bank"),        and
Kimberly J. Levine ("Executive").

                                 R E C I T A L S

         A. The Board of Directors of the Bank  believes that the Executive is a
critically  important member of the management of the Bank upon whose continuing
services the Bank depends and will depend for its future growth and prosperity.

         B. The Board of Directors desires to assure itself of the uninterrupted
and unimpaired performance and loyalty of the Executive to the Bank in the event
of any actual or proposed  Change in Control of the Bank or its parent,  Abigail
Adams National Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company").

         C. Events occurring after the failure to obtain stockholder approval of
the acquisition of Ballston  Bancorp have increased the degree of uncertainty as
to future job security for the Executive.

         D. The Board of Directors  believes  that the interests of the Bank and
the  Company  will best be served  by  providing  the  Executive  with  economic
assurances  which will help to relieve  her of  uncertainty  about her  personal
economic interests in the event of any actual or proposed change in control, and
thereby  permit  her to devote  her  uninterrupted  attention  to the  continued
performance of her duties to the Bank.

         NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:

         1.       Definitions.  For Purposes of this Agreement, the following
terms have the meanings indicated:

                  (a)     "Change in Control" means any of the following events:

                           (i) when the  Company  or the  Bank  acquires  actual
                  knowledge  that any  person  (as such term is used in  Section
                  13(d) and 15(d)(2) of the  Securities and Exchange Act of 1934
                  (the  "Exchange  Act")),  other than an employee  benefit plan
                  established  or  maintained  by the Company or the Bank, is or
                  becomes the beneficial  owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the
                  Exchange  Act)  directly  or  indirectly,  or record  owner of
                  securities  of the  Company  representing  20% or  more of the
                  combined  voting  power  of  the  Company's  then  outstanding
                  securities;

                           (ii) upon the first purchase of the Company's  common
                  stock  pursuant  to a tender or exchange  offer  (other than a
                  tender or  exchange  offer made by the  Company or an employee
                  benefit plan  established  or maintained by the Company or the
                  Bank);


                                        1

<PAGE>


                           (iii) upon the approval by the Company's stockholders
                  of (A) a merger or  consolidation  of the Company with or into
                  another  corporation (other than a merger or consolidation the
                  definitive   agreement  for  which   provides  that  at  least
                  two-thirds  of the  directors  of the  surviving  or resulting
                  corporation  immediately  after the transaction are Continuing
                  Directors (hereinafter defined)), (B) a sale or disposition of
                  all or substantially all of the Company's assets or (C) a plan
                  of liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

                           (iv) if during any period of two  consecutive  years,
                  individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the
                  Board of  Directors  of either  the  Company  or the Bank (the
                  "Continuing  Directors") cease for any reason to constitute at
                  least two-thirds thereof;

                           (v)  upon a sale of (A)  common  stock of the Bank if
                  after such sale any person (as defined above),  other than the
                  Company or an employee  benefit plan established or maintained
                  by the  Company  or the Bank,  owns a  majority  of the Bank's
                  common  stock or (B) all or  substantially  all of the  Bank's
                  assets; or

                           (vi) any other  agreement,  happening or device which
                  has substantially the same effect on control of the Company or
                  the Bank as any of the foregoing.

         The  events  described  above  shall  be  deemed a  Change  in  Control
regardless  of whether  such event was  approved in advance by a majority of the
Continuing Directors then in office.

                  (b) The Executive will be deemed to be  "Terminated"  upon the
occurrence of any one of the following events:

                           (i)      the involuntary termination without cause of
                  the Executive's employment with the Bank;

                           (ii) the  relocation of the principal  place at which
                  the  Executive's  duties  are to be  performed  to a  location
                  outside a 35-mile radius of the District of Columbia;

                           (iii)    a reduction in the Executive's compensation;

                           (iv) a change in benefits or perquisites  provided to
                  the  Executive  which  is  deemed  materially  adverse  by the
                  Executive;

                           (v) a  change  in the  Executive's  responsibilities,
                  authorities or functions which is deemed materially adverse by
                  the Executive; or

                           (vi) the  Executive is requested by management or the
                  Board of  Directors to engage in conduct  which the  Executive
                  can demonstrate is illegal.


                                        2

<PAGE>



                  (c)  "Rabbi  Trust"  means a  grantor  trust,  as that term is
defined in Section 671 of the Internal Revenue Code,  established  pursuant to a
trust agreement entered into between the Bank and NationsBank.

         2.  Compensation.  Executive  shall be entitled to resign from the Bank
within  the one year  period  following  a Change in  Control of the Bank or the
Company and if the Change in Control has not been  approved by a majority of the
Continuing  Directors  then in office,  the  Executive  shall receive a lump sum
payment  equal to one  year's  full base  salary at the rate  applicable  to the
Executive in effect  immediately  prior to the Change in Control (the "Severance
Payment").  Executive shall also receive the Severance  Payment in the event she
is asked to resign or her employment  with the Bank is Terminated as a condition
to, in preparation for, or otherwise in connection with a Change in Control,  or
within  the one  year  period  following  a  Change  in  Control,  prior  to the
resignation of the Executive, whether or not such change in Control was approved
by a majority of the Continuing Directors.

         3. Limitation on Severance  Payment.  Any Severance  Payment payable in
accordance  with this  Agreement  shall be reduced  to the extent  that any such
payment  constitutes an "Excess  Parachute  Payment," as such term is defined in
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         4.  Consideration.  This  Agreement  is for the purpose of inducing the
Executive to continue her employment with the Bank and in  consideration  of the
services  rendered by the  Executive to the Bank from and after the date of this
Agreement,  which  consideration  the  Bank  hereby  acknowledges  is  fair  and
adequate.

         5. Rabbi Trust.  In conjunction  with the execution of this  Agreement,
the  Bank  shall  establish  an  irrevocable  Rabbi  Trust  in order to fund its
Severance Payment obligations under this Agreement. The terms of the Rabbi Trust
are incorporated by reference. To the extent that the Executive acquires a right
to receive  benefits under this  Agreement,  such right shall be no greater than
the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Bank.

         6.  Successors.  This  Agreement  shall  inure  to the  benefit  of the
Executive,  her heirs,  personal  representatives and assigns and shall bind the
Bank and its successors.

         7.  Waiver.  The  parties  hereto  acknowledge  that this  Amended  and
Restated  Severance  Agreement and the related Rabbi Trust was prepared pursuant
to  their  mutual  request  by the law firm of Ober,  Kaler,  Grimes &  Shriver,
counsel solely to the Company and the Bank. The Executive  acknowledges that she
is sophisticated in business matters (including,  but not limited to, employment
agreements)  and  that she has had the  opportunity  to seek  independent  legal
advice.  Each of the  Executive and the Bank  specifically  waives any actual or
apparent conflict of interest of Ober Kaler, Grimes & Shriver in connection with
the  preparation  and  negotiation  of  this  Amended  and  Restated   Severance
Agreement.




                                        3

<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
day and year first above written.


                                      THE ADAMS NATIONAL BANK


                                      By: _____________________________________
                                          Barbara Davis Blum
                                          Chairwoman, President and
                                          Chief Executive Officer



                                          -------------------------------------
                                           Name: _____________________________



                                        4





Exhibit 10.26

                    AMENDED AND RESTATED SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

         This Amended and Restated Severance  Agreement is made and entered into
as of this 5th day of March,  1998 by and between  The Adams  National  Bank,  a
national        banking        association        (the       "Bank"),        and
Melrose M. Nathan ("Executive").

                                 R E C I T A L S

         A. The Board of Directors of the Bank  believes that the Executive is a
critically  important member of the management of the Bank upon whose continuing
services the Bank depends and will depend for its future growth and prosperity.

         B. The Board of Directors desires to assure itself of the uninterrupted
and unimpaired performance and loyalty of the Executive to the Bank in the event
of any actual or proposed  Change in Control of the Bank or its parent,  Abigail
Adams National Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company").

         C. Events occurring after the failure to obtain stockholder approval of
the acquisition of Ballston  Bancorp have increased the degree of uncertainty as
to future job security for the Executive.

         D. The Board of Directors  believes  that the interests of the Bank and
the  Company  will best be served  by  providing  the  Executive  with  economic
assurances  which will help to relieve  her of  uncertainty  about her  personal
economic interests in the event of any actual or proposed change in control, and
thereby  permit  her to devote  her  uninterrupted  attention  to the  continued
performance of her duties to the Bank.

         NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:

         1.       Definitions.  For Purposes of this Agreement, the following
terms have the meanings indicated:

                  (a)     "Change in Control" means any of the following events:

                           (i) when the  Company  or the  Bank  acquires  actual
                  knowledge  that any  person  (as such term is used in  Section
                  13(d) and 15(d)(2) of the  Securities and Exchange Act of 1934
                  (the  "Exchange  Act")),  other than an employee  benefit plan
                  established  or  maintained  by the Company or the Bank, is or
                  becomes the beneficial  owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the
                  Exchange  Act)  directly  or  indirectly,  or record  owner of
                  securities  of the  Company  representing  20% or  more of the
                  combined  voting  power  of  the  Company's  then  outstanding
                  securities;

                           (ii) upon the first purchase of the Company's  common
                  stock  pursuant  to a tender or exchange  offer  (other than a
                  tender or  exchange  offer made by the  Company or an employee
                  benefit plan  established  or maintained by the Company or the
                  Bank);


                                        1

<PAGE>


                           (iii) upon the approval by the Company's stockholders
                  of (A) a merger or  consolidation  of the Company with or into
                  another  corporation (other than a merger or consolidation the
                  definitive   agreement  for  which   provides  that  at  least
                  two-thirds  of the  directors  of the  surviving  or resulting
                  corporation  immediately  after the transaction are Continuing
                  Directors (hereinafter defined)), (B) a sale or disposition of
                  all or substantially all of the Company's assets or (C) a plan
                  of liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

                           (iv) if during any period of two  consecutive  years,
                  individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the
                  Board of  Directors  of either  the  Company  or the Bank (the
                  "Continuing  Directors") cease for any reason to constitute at
                  least two-thirds thereof;

                           (v)  upon a sale of (A)  common  stock of the Bank if
                  after such sale any person (as defined above),  other than the
                  Company or an employee  benefit plan established or maintained
                  by the  Company  or the Bank,  owns a  majority  of the Bank's
                  common  stock or (B) all or  substantially  all of the  Bank's
                  assets; or

                           (vi) any other  agreement,  happening or device which
                  has substantially the same effect on control of the Company or
                  the Bank as any of the foregoing.

         The  events  described  above  shall  be  deemed a  Change  in  Control
regardless  of whether  such event was  approved in advance by a majority of the
Continuing Directors then in office.

                  (b) The Executive will be deemed to be  "Terminated"  upon the
occurrence of any one of the following events:

                           (i)      the involuntary termination without cause of
                  the Executive's employment with the Bank;

                           (ii) the  relocation of the principal  place at which
                  the  Executive's  duties  are to be  performed  to a  location
                  outside a 35-mile radius of the District of Columbia;

                           (iii)    a reduction in the Executive's compensation;

                           (iv) a change in benefits or perquisites  provided to
                  the  Executive  which  is  deemed  materially  adverse  by the
                  Executive;

                           (v) a  change  in the  Executive's  responsibilities,
                  authorities or functions which is deemed materially adverse by
                  the Executive; or

                           (vi) the  Executive is requested by management or the
                  Board of  Directors to engage in conduct  which the  Executive
                  can demonstrate is illegal.


                                        2

<PAGE>



                  (c)  "Rabbi  Trust"  means a  grantor  trust,  as that term is
defined in Section 671 of the Internal Revenue Code,  established  pursuant to a
trust agreement entered into between the Bank and NationsBank.

         2.  Compensation.  Executive  shall be entitled to resign from the Bank
within  the one year  period  following  a Change in  Control of the Bank or the
Company and if the Change in Control has not been  approved by a majority of the
Continuing  Directors  then in office,  the  Executive  shall receive a lump sum
payment  equal to one  year's  full base  salary at the rate  applicable  to the
Executive in effect  immediately  prior to the Change in Control (the "Severance
Payment").  Executive shall also receive the Severance  Payment in the event she
is asked to resign or her employment  with the Bank is Terminated as a condition
to, in preparation for, or otherwise in connection with a Change in Control,  or
within  the one  year  period  following  a  Change  in  Control,  prior  to the
resignation of the Executive, whether or not such change in Control was approved
by a majority of the Continuing Directors.

         3. Limitation on Severance  Payment.  Any Severance  Payment payable in
accordance  with this  Agreement  shall be reduced  to the extent  that any such
payment  constitutes an "Excess  Parachute  Payment," as such term is defined in
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         4.  Consideration.  This  Agreement  is for the purpose of inducing the
Executive to continue her employment with the Bank and in  consideration  of the
services  rendered by the  Executive to the Bank from and after the date of this
Agreement,  which  consideration  the  Bank  hereby  acknowledges  is  fair  and
adequate.

         5. Rabbi Trust.  In conjunction  with the execution of this  Agreement,
the  Bank  shall  establish  an  irrevocable  Rabbi  Trust  in order to fund its
Severance Payment obligations under this Agreement. The terms of the Rabbi Trust
are incorporated by reference. To the extent that the Executive acquires a right
to receive  benefits under this  Agreement,  such right shall be no greater than
the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Bank.

         6.  Successors.  This  Agreement  shall  inure  to the  benefit  of the
Executive,  her heirs,  personal  representatives and assigns and shall bind the
Bank and its successors.

         7.  Waiver.  The  parties  hereto  acknowledge  that this  Amended  and
Restated  Severance  Agreement and the related Rabbi Trust was prepared pursuant
to  their  mutual  request  by the law firm of Ober,  Kaler,  Grimes &  Shriver,
counsel solely to the Company and the Bank. The Executive  acknowledges that she
is sophisticated in business matters (including,  but not limited to, employment
agreements)  and  that she has had the  opportunity  to seek  independent  legal
advice.  Each of the  Executive and the Bank  specifically  waives any actual or
apparent conflict of interest of Ober Kaler, Grimes & Shriver in connection with
the  preparation  and  negotiation  of  this  Amended  and  Restated   Severance
Agreement.




                                        3

<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
day and year first above written.


                                      THE ADAMS NATIONAL BANK


                                      By: _____________________________________
                                          Barbara Davis Blum
                                          Chairwoman, President and
                                          Chief Executive Officer



                                          -------------------------------------
                                           Name: _____________________________



                                        4





Exhibit 10.27

                    AMENDED AND RESTATED SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

         This Amended and Restated Severance  Agreement is made and entered into
as of this 5th day of March,  1998 by and between  The Adams  National  Bank,  a
national        banking        association        (the       "Bank"),        and
Bijan Partovi ("Executive").

                                 R E C I T A L S

         A. The Board of Directors of the Bank  believes that the Executive is a
critically  important member of the management of the Bank upon whose continuing
services the Bank depends and will depend for its future growth and prosperity.

         B. The Board of Directors desires to assure itself of the uninterrupted
and unimpaired performance and loyalty of the Executive to the Bank in the event
of any actual or proposed  Change in Control of the Bank or its parent,  Abigail
Adams National Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company").

         C. Events occurring after the failure to obtain stockholder approval of
the acquisition of Ballston  Bancorp have increased the degree of uncertainty as
to future job security for the Executive.

         D. The Board of Directors  believes  that the interests of the Bank and
the  Company  will best be served  by  providing  the  Executive  with  economic
assurances  which will help to relieve  her of  uncertainty  about her  personal
economic interests in the event of any actual or proposed change in control, and
thereby  permit  her to devote  her  uninterrupted  attention  to the  continued
performance of her duties to the Bank.

         NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:

         1.       Definitions.  For Purposes of this Agreement, the following
terms have the meanings indicated:

                  (a)     "Change in Control" means any of the following events:

                           (i) when the  Company  or the  Bank  acquires  actual
                  knowledge  that any  person  (as such term is used in  Section
                  13(d) and 15(d)(2) of the  Securities and Exchange Act of 1934
                  (the  "Exchange  Act")),  other than an employee  benefit plan
                  established  or  maintained  by the Company or the Bank, is or
                  becomes the beneficial  owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the
                  Exchange  Act)  directly  or  indirectly,  or record  owner of
                  securities  of the  Company  representing  20% or  more of the
                  combined  voting  power  of  the  Company's  then  outstanding
                  securities;

                           (ii) upon the first purchase of the Company's  common
                  stock  pursuant  to a tender or exchange  offer  (other than a
                  tender or  exchange  offer made by the  Company or an employee
                  benefit plan  established  or maintained by the Company or the
                  Bank);


                                        1

<PAGE>


                           (iii) upon the approval by the Company's stockholders
                  of (A) a merger or  consolidation  of the Company with or into
                  another  corporation (other than a merger or consolidation the
                  definitive   agreement  for  which   provides  that  at  least
                  two-thirds  of the  directors  of the  surviving  or resulting
                  corporation  immediately  after the transaction are Continuing
                  Directors (hereinafter defined)), (B) a sale or disposition of
                  all or substantially all of the Company's assets or (C) a plan
                  of liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

                           (iv) if during any period of two  consecutive  years,
                  individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the
                  Board of  Directors  of either  the  Company  or the Bank (the
                  "Continuing  Directors") cease for any reason to constitute at
                  least two-thirds thereof;

                           (v)  upon a sale of (A)  common  stock of the Bank if
                  after such sale any person (as defined above),  other than the
                  Company or an employee  benefit plan established or maintained
                  by the  Company  or the Bank,  owns a  majority  of the Bank's
                  common  stock or (B) all or  substantially  all of the  Bank's
                  assets; or

                           (vi) any other  agreement,  happening or device which
                  has substantially the same effect on control of the Company or
                  the Bank as any of the foregoing.

         The  events  described  above  shall  be  deemed a  Change  in  Control
regardless  of whether  such event was  approved in advance by a majority of the
Continuing Directors then in office.

                  (b) The Executive will be deemed to be  "Terminated"  upon the
occurrence of any one of the following events:

                           (i)      the involuntary termination without cause of
                  the Executive's employment with the Bank;

                           (ii) the  relocation of the principal  place at which
                  the  Executive's  duties  are to be  performed  to a  location
                  outside a 35-mile radius of the District of Columbia;

                           (iii)    a reduction in the Executive's compensation;

                           (iv) a change in benefits or perquisites  provided to
                  the  Executive  which  is  deemed  materially  adverse  by the
                  Executive;

                           (v) a  change  in the  Executive's  responsibilities,
                  authorities or functions which is deemed materially adverse by
                  the Executive; or

                           (vi) the  Executive is requested by management or the
                  Board of  Directors to engage in conduct  which the  Executive
                  can demonstrate is illegal.


                                        2

<PAGE>



                  (c)  "Rabbi  Trust"  means a  grantor  trust,  as that term is
defined in Section 671 of the Internal Revenue Code,  established  pursuant to a
trust agreement entered into between the Bank and NationsBank.

         2.  Compensation.  Executive  shall be entitled to resign from the Bank
within  the one year  period  following  a Change in  Control of the Bank or the
Company and if the Change in Control has not been  approved by a majority of the
Continuing  Directors  then in office,  the  Executive  shall receive a lump sum
payment  equal to one  year's  full base  salary at the rate  applicable  to the
Executive in effect  immediately  prior to the Change in Control (the "Severance
Payment").  Executive shall also receive the Severance  Payment in the event she
is asked to resign or her employment  with the Bank is Terminated as a condition
to, in preparation for, or otherwise in connection with a Change in Control,  or
within  the one  year  period  following  a  Change  in  Control,  prior  to the
resignation of the Executive, whether or not such change in Control was approved
by a majority of the Continuing Directors.

         3. Limitation on Severance  Payment.  Any Severance  Payment payable in
accordance  with this  Agreement  shall be reduced  to the extent  that any such
payment  constitutes an "Excess  Parachute  Payment," as such term is defined in
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         4.  Consideration.  This  Agreement  is for the purpose of inducing the
Executive to continue her employment with the Bank and in  consideration  of the
services  rendered by the  Executive to the Bank from and after the date of this
Agreement,  which  consideration  the  Bank  hereby  acknowledges  is  fair  and
adequate.

         5. Rabbi Trust.  In conjunction  with the execution of this  Agreement,
the  Bank  shall  establish  an  irrevocable  Rabbi  Trust  in order to fund its
Severance Payment obligations under this Agreement. The terms of the Rabbi Trust
are incorporated by reference. To the extent that the Executive acquires a right
to receive  benefits under this  Agreement,  such right shall be no greater than
the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Bank.

         6.  Successors.  This  Agreement  shall  inure  to the  benefit  of the
Executive,  her heirs,  personal  representatives and assigns and shall bind the
Bank and its successors.

         7.  Waiver.  The  parties  hereto  acknowledge  that this  Amended  and
Restated  Severance  Agreement and the related Rabbi Trust was prepared pursuant
to  their  mutual  request  by the law firm of Ober,  Kaler,  Grimes &  Shriver,
counsel solely to the Company and the Bank. The Executive  acknowledges that she
is sophisticated in business matters (including,  but not limited to, employment
agreements)  and  that she has had the  opportunity  to seek  independent  legal
advice.  Each of the  Executive and the Bank  specifically  waives any actual or
apparent conflict of interest of Ober Kaler, Grimes & Shriver in connection with
the  preparation  and  negotiation  of  this  Amended  and  Restated   Severance
Agreement.




                                        3

<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
day and year first above written.


                                      THE ADAMS NATIONAL BANK


                                      By: _____________________________________
                                          Barbara Davis Blum
                                          Chairwoman, President and
                                          Chief Executive Officer



                                          -------------------------------------
                                           Name: _____________________________



                                        4





Exhibit 10.29


                                  March 5, 1998



Ms. Kate Carr
3702 Curtis Court
Chevy Chase, MD 20815

Dear Ms. Carr:

         This letter  contains  amended and restated terms of The Adams National
Bank's (the  "Bank")  offer to employ you as the Bank's  Senior Vice  President,
Lending,  and this letter  agreement  supersedes  our original  agreement  dated
January 21, 1998. The Board of Directors believes that the interests of the Bank
and its parent,  Abigail Adams National Bancorp,  Inc. (the "Company") will best
be served by providing you with economic  assurances  which will help to relieve
you of uncertainty  about your personal  economic  interests in the event of any
actual or  proposed  Change in Control,  and  thereby  permit you to devote your
uninterrupted attention to the performance of your duties to the Bank.

         As the Senior Vice President,  Lending, you will be responsible for the
overall  management  and  operation  of the  Bank's  loan  department  including
compliance  with all  applicable  regulations.  All employees of the  department
shall report to you and shall report to the CEO of the Bank.

         The base  compensation  for the  performance  of your duties shall be a
salary of $99,500.00  per annum,  payable in cash in accordance  with the Bank's
normal payroll  practices.  Such compensation  shall be reviewed annually by the
CEO and the  Personnel  Committee of the Board of  Directors.  In addition,  you
shall be eligible to receive  annual or other bonuses at the sole  discretion of
the Board of Directors of the Bank. You shall also  participate in any plan that
the Bank maintains for the benefit of its executive employees relating to profit
sharing,  retirement  benefits,  medical  insurance  and other  group  benefits,
including  disability and life insurance.  Enclosed herewith is a summary of the
Bank's  current  package of benefits  for which you would  qualify as the Bank's
Senior Vice President, Lending.

         Further,  you will be an important member of the management of the Bank
upon whose  services the Bank will depend for its future growth and  prosperity.
You shall be  entitled  to resign  from the Bank  within  one year  following  a
"Change in Control" (hereinafter defined) of the Bank or



<PAGE>


Ms. Kate Carr
Page 2
March 5, 1998

the Company and if such Change in Control has not been approved by a majority of
the Board of  Directors  then in office,  you shall  receive a lump sum  payment
equal to one year's  full base  salary at the rate  applicable  to you in effect
immediately prior to the Change in Control (the "Severance Payment").  You shall
also receive the Severance  Payment in the event you are asked to resign or your
employment  with the Bank is "Terminated"  (hereinafter  defined) as a condition
to, in preparation for, or otherwise in connection with a Change in Control,  or
within  the one  year  period  following  a  Change  in  Control,  prior to your
resignation, whether or not such Change in Control was approved by a majority of
the Board of Directors.

         Change in Control means any ofthe following events:

         (a) when the Company or the Bank  acquires  actual  knowledge  that any
         person  (as such  term is used in  Section  13(d) and  15(d)(2)  of the
         Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange  Act")),  other than
         an employee  benefit plan  established  or maintained by the Company or
         the Bank, is or becomes the beneficial  owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3
         of the  Exchange  Act)  directly  or  indirectly,  or  record  owner of
         securities  of the  Company  representing  20% or more of the  combined
         voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities;

         (b) upon the first purchase of the Company's common stock pursuant to a
         tender or exchange offer (other than a tender or exchange offer made by
         an employee  benefit plan  established  or maintained by the Company or
         the Bank);

         (c) upon the approval by the Company's  stockholders of (1) a merger or
         consolidation  of the Company with or into another  corporation  (other
         than a merger  or  consolidation  the  definitive  agreement  for which
         provides that at least  two-thirds of the directors of the surviving or
         resulting corporation  immediately after the transaction are Continuing
         Directors (hereinafter  defined)),  (2) a sale or disposition of all or
         substantially all of the Company's assets, or (3) a plan of liquidation
         or dissolution of the Company;

         (d) if during any period of two consecutive  years,  individuals who at
         the  beginning  of such period  constitute  the Board of  Directors  of
         either the Company or the Bank (the "Continuing  Directors")  cease for
         any reason to constitute at least two-thirds thereof;

         (e) upon a sale of (1) common  stock of the Bank if after such sale any
         person,  other than an employee  benefit plan established or maintained
         by the Company or the Bank,  owns a majority of the Bank's common stock
         or (2) all or substantially all of the Bank's assets; or




<PAGE>


Ms. Kate Carr
Page 3
March 5, 1998

         (f) any other  agreement,  happening or device which has  substantially
         the same  effect on  control  of the  Company or the Bank as any of the
         foregoing.

         The  events  described  above  shall  be  deemed a  Change  in  Control
regardless  of whether such event was  approved by a majority of the  Continuing
Directors then in office.

         Your employment  will be deemed to be "Terminated"  upon the occurrence
of any one of the following events:

         (a) the involuntary termination without cause of your employment with
          the Bank;

         (b) the  relocation of the principal  place at which your duties are to
         be performed to a location  outside a 35-mile radius of the District of
         Columbia;

         (c)      a reduction in the your compensation;

         (d) a change in benefits or perquisites provided to you which is deemed
         materially adverse by you;

         (e) a change in your  responsibilities,  authorities or functions which
         is deemed materially adverse by you; or

         (f) you are requested by management or the Board of Directors to engage
         in conduct which you can demonstrate is illegal.

         In conjunction  with the execution of this letter  agreement,  the Bank
shall  establish a grantor trust,  as that term is defined in Section 671 of the
Internal Revenue Code, in order to fund its Severance Payment  obligations under
this letter agreement.  This grantor trust, which shall be irrevocable,  will be
governed by the terms of a trust  agreement  entered  into  between the Bank and
NationsBank,  the terms of which are  incorporated  by reference.  To the extent
that you acquire a right to receive benefits under this letter  agreement,  your
right shall be no greater than the right of any  unsecured  general  creditor of
the Bank.

         Any Severance  Payment payable in accordance with this letter agreement
shall be reduced  to the extent  that any such  payment  constitutes  an "Excess
Parachute  Payment,"  as such term is defined in the  Internal  Revenue  Code of
1986, as amended.

         This  amended  and  restated  letter  agreement  is for the  purpose of
inducing you to continue your employment with the Bank and in  consideration  of
the services rendered by you to the Bank



<PAGE>


Ms. Kate Carr
Page 4
March 5, 1998
from and after the date of this letter agreement,  which  consideration the Bank
hereby acknowledges is fair and adequate.

         This letter  agreement  shall inure to your  benefit and the benefit of
your heirs, personal representatives and assigns and shall bind the Bank and its
successors.

         The parties hereto  acknowledge  that this amended and restated  letter
agreement and the related  grantor  trust was prepared  pursuant to their mutual
request by the law firm of Ober, Kaler, Grimes & Shriver,  counsel solely to the
Company and the Bank. You  acknowledge  that you are  sophisticated  in business
matters (including, but not limited to, employment agreements) and that you have
had the opportunity to seek  independent  legal advice.  You and we specifically
waive any actual or  apparent  conflict  of  interest  of Ober  Kaler,  Grimes &
Shriver in connection  with the  preparation and negotiation of this amended and
restated letter agreement.

          Please  confirm for me your  acceptance  of these amended and restated
terms of your employment.

                                                     Sincerely,



                                                     Barbara Davis Blum
                                                     Chairwoman & CEO




ACCEPTED March ___, 1998:

- ------------------------------
Kate Carr





Exhibit 10.30

                                  GRANTOR TRUST

                                       OF

                      ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC.

         THIS GRANTOR  TRUST  AGREEMENT,  is made by and between  Abigail  Adams
National  Bancorp,   Inc.,  a  Delaware   corporation  (the   "Employer"),   and
NationsBank, N.A. (the "Trustee"), and is effective March 4, 1998.

                                   WITNESSETH:
                                   -----------

         WHEREAS,  the Employer  has entered  into an  Amendment  To  Employment
Agreement ("Agreement") with Barbara Davis Blum, effective as of March 5, a copy
of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A; and

          WHEREAS,  the Employer  deems it advisable to adopt a grantor trust in
connection with the Agreement; and

         WHEREAS,  the Employer  desires the Trustee to hold and  administer the
Trust Fund under this Trust Agreement;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and  the  mutual
covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                                    ---------

                           ESTABLISHMENT OF THE TRUST
                           --------------------------

         1.1      Definitions.

                  (a) Bank.  The term "Bank"  means The Adams  National  Bank, a
national banking association.

                  (b) Board of Directors.  The term "Board of  Directors"  means
the Board of Directors of the Employer.

                  (c) Employment  Agreement or Agreement.  The term  "Employment
Agreement" or "Agreement"  means the original  Employment  Agreement dated as of
February  20,  1996 and  amended  as of March  29,  1996  and the  Amendment  To
Employment Agreement entered into as of March 5, 1998, between the Employer, the
Bank,  and the  Executive,  which  sets  forth the terms and  conditions  of the
receipt of a Severance Payment.

                  (d) Executive. The term "Executive" means Barbara Davis Blum.



                                        1

<PAGE>



                  (e) Severance  Payment.  The term "Severance  Payment" means a
cash  payment  payable  to the  Executive  pursuant  to the  terms  of  Sections
10(a)(i)(i) and  10(a)(i)(ii) of the Agreement.  The amount of cash payment paid
from this Trust shall be twenty percent (20%) of the total amount required under
Sections  10(a)(i)(i)  and  10(a)(i)(ii)  of the  Agreement.  The  amount of any
Severance  Payment is  determined by the terms of the Agreement and excludes any
assets in the Trust Fund in excess of the amount of the Severance Payment.

                  (f) The Trustee.  The term "Trustee" means NationsBank,  N.A.,
which has accepted the responsibilities  herein,  unless the Employer designates
another  person or entity to serve as trustee for the Trust  Agreement.  If more
than one person acts as a Trustee hereunder,  the term "Trustee" shall be deemed
to include all trustees.

                  (g) Valuation Date. The term  "Valuation  Date" means the last
day of each quarter of a calendar  year,  or a more frequent date as agreed upon
by the Trustee and the Employer.

         1.2      Description of Trust.

                  (a) The  Employer  hereby  establishes  with the  Trustee  the
Grantor Trust of the Abigail Adams  National  Bancorp,  Inc. (the "Trust") which
shall be a part of the Agreement.  The Trust shall consist of such sums of money
or property  (acceptable  to the Trustee) as shall be paid to the Trustee  under
the Agreement, and any earnings, profits, increments, additions and appreciation
thereto.  The Trustee shall be subject only to the terms of this Trust. All such
sums of money,  all  investments  made  therewith or proceeds  thereof,  and all
earnings,  profits,  increments,  appreciation and additions  thereto,  less the
payments which shall have been made by the Trustee,  as authorized  herein,  are
referred to herein as the "Trust Fund" or the "Fund".

                  (b) The  Trust is an  irrevocable  grantor  trust  within  the
meaning  of  Section  671 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  on March 1st of 1999 and March 1st of each subsequent  year: (i) the
Board of  Directors  shall have a thirty (30) day period in which to  reevaluate
this Trust Fund; and (ii) unless the Board passes a resolution stating otherwise
during the thirty (30) day period,  the Trust Fund shall  continue in effect and
remain irrevocable until the following March 1st.

                  (c) No  portion  of the  Trust  will  revert  to the  Employer
except:  (i) if  necessary  to  discharge  the  claims  of  creditors;  (ii) the
Executive has not satisfied the conditions for receipt of a Severance Payment in
accordance with Sections 10(a)(i)(i) and 10(a)(i)(ii) of the Agreement; (iii) or
the amount of the Severance Payment  constitutes an "Excess Parachute  Payment,"
as such term is defined in the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;  (iv)
the amount in the Trust exceeds the Severance Payment;  or (v) in the case of an
"Interest Transfer" as described in Section 2.4.

                  (d) If the  Employer is unable to pay its debts as they mature
or is a party as a debtor in any  bankruptcy  proceeding,  the Employer  will be
considered insolvent.  The insolvency of the Bank will not impact the payment of
benefits under the Agreement. The Board must inform the


                                        2

<PAGE>



Trustee of either or both of these conditions.  Upon receipt of this information
regarding the Employer's  insolvency,  the Trustee must suspend  distribution of
any  Severance  Payments and must hold assets for the benefit of the  Employer's
general  creditors.  If  the  Trustee  receives  other  written  notice  of  the
Employer's  insolvency,  the  Trustee  must notify the Board in writing and must
suspend all Severance Payments.  The Trustee must also hold trust assets for the
benefit  of the  Employer's  general  creditors  and must  determine  within  30
calendar days whether the Employer is  insolvent.  The Trustee must consult with
the Employer as part of the determination of the Employer's  insolvency.  If the
Trustee  determines the Employer is solvent,  it must resume the distribution of
any Severance Payment. If the Trustee has knowledge of the Employer's insolvency
or has determined that the Employer is insolvent, the Trustee must deliver trust
assets to satisfy the claims of the Employer's  general creditors as directed by
a court of competent jurisdiction.

                                   ARTICLE II
                                   ----------

                         CONTRIBUTIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
                         -------------------------------

         2.1  Contributions.  As soon as  administratively  feasible  after  the
execution of the Agreement,  the Employer shall pay to the Trustee an amount (in
cash) equal to twenty  percent (20%) of the total  Severance  Payments under the
Agreement as set forth in Exhibit B. In determining  the amount and frequency of
any subsequent  contributions to be made in cash or other property acceptable to
the  Trustee,  the Board may,  but is not  required  to,  take into  account any
increase in the  Executive's  base salary and the earnings  and/or losses of the
Trust Fund.  The Trustee is under no obligation to compel  deposits to the Trust
Fund.

         2.2 Distributions.  Generally, the Trustee must hold, invest, reinvest,
manage,  and administer the Trust Fund in accordance  with the provisions of the
Trust Agreement,  and from time to time, on the written  direction of the Board,
make  payments  from the  Trust  Fund for the  purposes  specified  in a written
direction.  The Trustee  shall be under no liability  for any payment made by it
pursuant to such a direction.

         2.3      Payments to Executive.

                  (a) Whenever the Trustee  shall be advised by the Board or the
Employer that the Executive has become entitled to a Severance Payment, it shall
distribute to such Executive the Severance  Payment due in the amount and manner
provided by the Agreement.

                  (b) If the Executive is  physically  or mentally  incapable of
receiving and acknowledging a Severance Payment from the Agreement,  the Trustee
may, upon direction from the Board or the Employer,  make the Severance Payment,
without  the  interposition  of  a  guardian,  to  such  institution,   trustee,
conservator, committee or person who shall be entitled to receive such Severance
Payment  for the use,  benefit or support of said  incompetent.  Such  Severance
Payment  shall  constitute a full  acquittance  of the Trustee and of all claims
against the Trust Fund.



                                        3

<PAGE>



                  (c) In the  event  that  any  dispute  shall  arise  as to the
persons to whom a  Severance  Payment  and the  delivery of any fund or property
shall be made by the Trustee,  or the amount thereof,  the Trustees shall retain
the Severance Payment and/or postpone such delivery until actual adjudication of
such dispute  shall have been made pursuant to the  procedures  set forth in the
Agreement.

                  (d) If the  Employer  determines  that the amount in the Trust
Fund,  and any earnings  thereon,  are not  sufficient to distribute a Severance
Payment in accordance with the terms of the Agreement,  the Employer may correct
this  deficiency by making an additional  irrevocable  deposit to the Trust Fund
out of its general assets.

                  (e) If the  Employer  determines  at the time of  distribution
that the amount in the Trust Fund exceeds the amount of the  Severance  Payment,
the excess amount will be forfeited and returned to the Employer.

                  (f) The  entitlement  of an Executive  to a Severance  Payment
under the  Agreement  shall be  determined  by the  Employer or such party as it
shall  designate  under the  Agreement,  and any dispute  shall be resolved in a
court of competent juridiction.

         2.4 Interest Transfer.  To the extent that the amount in the Trust Fund
exceeds the amount of the Severance Payment, the excess amount will be forfeited
and  returned to the  Employer as soon as  administratively  feasible  after the
determination  has been  made and to the  extent  allowable  by the terms of the
underlying  investments in the Trust Fund. This  determination  shall be made by
the  Employer  as soon as  possible  after the end of each  calendar  quarter by
determining  the amount in the Trust Fund on the last day of each  calendar year
quarter  and  subtracting  from that amount the  Severance  Payment set forth in
Exhibit B.

                                   ARTICLE III
                                   -----------

                             INVESTMENT OF THE FUND
                             ----------------------

         3.1 General Rules.  The Trustee shall invest and reinvest the principal
and  income of the Trust  Fund and keep the same  invested  without  distinction
between principal and income.  The selection and retention or disposition of any
investment  shall be made by the Trustee at the direction of the Employer or any
investment manager appointed by the Board, or its delegate.  The Employer and/or
its designated  investment manager shall have the authority to acquire,  manage,
retain and dispose of assets of the Trust Fund.

         3.2 Trustee  Powers.  The Trustee  shall have the  following  powers in
addition  to the powers  customarily  vested in trustees by law and in no way in
derogation thereof:



                                        4

<PAGE>



                  (a)  With  any cash at any time  held by it,  to  purchase  or
subscribe for any Authorized  Investment (as defined in Section 3.3 herein), and
to retain such Authorized Investment in the Trust Fund.

                  (b) To sell for cash or on credit,  convert,  redeem, exchange
for another  Authorized  Investment,  or  otherwise  dispose of, any  Authorized
Investment at any time held by it.

                  (c) To retain  uninvested any part of the Trust Fund necessary
for the current  operational need of the Agreements or Trust, and to deposit any
cash in any  banking  or savings  institution,  including  a savings  account or
similar interest-bearing account in the Trustee's own savings department.

                  (d) To  exercise  any  option  appurtenant  to any  Authorized
Investment  in which the Trust Fund is  invested  for  conversion  thereof  into
another  Authorized  Investment,  or to  exercise  any rights to  subscribe  for
additional Authorized Investments, and to make all necessary payments therefor.

                  (e) At the direction of the Employer, to vote, in person or by
general or limited proxy,  at any election of any corporation in which the Trust
Fund is  invested,  and  similarly to  exercise,  personally  or by a general or
limited power of attorney,  any right  appurtenant to any Authorized  Investment
held in the Trust Fund.

                  (f)  To  purchase  Authorized  Investments  at  a  premium  or
discount.

                  (g) With the  approval  of the  Employer,  to employ  suitable
agents, actuaries,  accountants and counsel and to pay their reasonable expenses
and  compensation  from the Trust Fund if not paid by the Employer within ninety
(90) days.

                  (h) To cause any investment in the Trust Fund to be registered
in, or  transferred  into,  its name as  Trustee  or the name of its  nominee or
nominees  or to retain them  unregistered  or in a form  permitting  transfer by
delivery,  or to utilize the Federal Reserve Book Entry System for securities of
the United States  Government  or its agencies,  or to utilize the services of a
depository clearing  corporation to the extent permitted by State law. The books
and records of the Trustee shall at all times show that all such investments are
part of the Trust  Fund,  and the  Trustee  shall be fully  responsible  for any
misappropriation or defalcation in respect of any investment held by its nominee
or held in unregistered  form. The indicia of ownership of all Trust Fund assets
shall be maintained within the jurisdiction of the district courts of the United
States.

                  (i) To do all acts which it may deem  necessary  or proper and
to exercise any and all powers of the Trust under this Trust upon such terms and
conditions which it may deem are for the best interests of the Trust Fund.


                                        5

<PAGE>



                  (j) To apply for, purchase,  hold, transfer,  pay premiums on,
surrender, and exercise all incidents of ownership of any annuity contract.

                  (k) To invest in  proprietary  mutual  funds of the Trustee or
its affiliates.

                  (l)  To  provide   appropriate   disclosure   regarding  trade
confirmations.  The Employer is aware that Federal  Regulations require that the
Trustee,  without  charge  and within  five  business  days of its  receipt of a
broker/dealer confirmation for each security transaction in the Employer's name,
forward a copy to the Employer of such  broker/dealer  confirmation or a written
notification  which  discloses:  the Trustee's  name; the  Employer's  name; the
capacity in which the Trustee is acting;  the date of execution  and a statement
that the time of  execution  will be furnished  on the  request;  the  identity,
price,  number  of  shares  or  units or  principal  amount  of debt  securities
purchased or sold by the Employer;  the name of the broker/dealer and the amount
of any remuneration received by such broker/dealer from the Employer; the amount
of any  remuneration  received by the Trustee from the Employer,  and the source
and  amount  of  any  other  remuneration   received  by  the  Trustee  for  the
transaction.

         The  Employer  is also aware that under the  preceding  paragraph,  the
Trustee shall provide periodic  statements (not more frequently than monthly) to
the Employer  including a listing of all securities  transactions,  receipts and
disbursements during that period,  together with a current listing of the assets
held in the  account.  Accordingly,  because  the  Employer  believes  that  the
periodic statements provided by the Trustee will constitute sufficient notice of
such transactions, the Employer hereby agrees to accept such periodic statements
in satisfaction of the Trustee's  obligation to provide the written notification
as described in the preceding paragraph.

         3.3  Authorized  Investments.   "Authorized  Investment"  means  bonds,
debentures,   notes,  commercial  paper,  bankers'  acceptances,   money  market
certificates,   or  other  evidences  of  indebtedness,   including  by  way  of
illustration and not by way of limitation,  corporate bonds,  savings  accounts,
certificates  of deposit,  variable note  arrangements  and  obligations  of the
United States  Government;  stocks  (regardless of class), or other evidences of
ownership,  in any  corporation,  mutual  investment fund,  investment  company,
association,  or business  trust;  combined,  common or commingled  trust funds;
retirement income or annuity contracts; real and personal property of all kinds,
including  leaseholds  on  improved  and  unimproved  real  estate.   Authorized
Investment  includes any  investment  vehicle of the Trustee  including  without
limitation any interest-bearing account, certificate of deposit or variable note
arrangement.

         3.4  Custodian.  If the  Trustee  is not a bank or trust  company,  the
Trustee may  delegate,  with the  approval  of the Board,  by an  instrument  in
writing, to a person (individual,  corporation or other entity) who is appointed
as agent or  custodian  by it, any power or function  of the  Trustee  hereunder
(other than the investment of the Trust assets),  including  without  limitation
the following:

                  (a)      custodianship of all or any part of the assets of the
Trust;



                                        6

<PAGE>



                  (b)      maintaining and accounting for the Trust Fund;

                  (c)      distribution of benefits as directed by the Board;
and

                  (d)      preparation  of the  annual  report on the  status of
the Trust Fund.

         The agent or custodian  so appointed  may act as agent for the Trustee,
without  investment  responsibility,  for fees to be mutually agreed upon by the
Board and the agent or custodian and paid in the same manner as Trustee's  fees.
The Trustee  shall  review and monitor the  functions of the  custodian,  but it
shall not be  responsible  for any act or  omission  of the  agent or  custodian
arising from any such  delegation,  except to the extent provided in Section 5.8
herein.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                                   ----------

                 ACCOUNTS TO BE KEPT AND RENDERED BY THE TRUSTEE
                 -----------------------------------------------

         4.1 Records and Accounts.  The Trustee shall keep accurate and detailed
accounts of all investments,  receipts and disbursements and other  transactions
hereunder,  including such specific records as shall be required by law and such
additional  records as may be agreed  upon in writing  between the Board and the
Trustee. The Trustee shall file with the appropriate taxing authority such forms
as may be required in  connection  with the  payments of benefits and shall file
with the appropriate  taxing  authority such  additional  forms as may be agreed
upon in writing  between the Employer and the Trustee.  All accounts,  books and
records  relating thereto shall be open to inspection and audit by any person or
persons designated by the Employer, at all reasonable times.

         4.2 Annual  Accounting.  Within ninety (90) days following the close of
each calendar  year, and within ninety (90) days after the effective date of the
removal or resignation  of the Trustee,  the Trustee shall file with the Board a
written account, setting forth all investments,  receipts and disbursements, and
other  transactions  effected by them during such year or during the period from
the close of the last preceding year to the date of such removal or resignation,
including a description  of all securities  and  investments  purchased and sold
with the cost or net proceeds of such purchases or sales,  and showing all cash,
securities  and other property held at the end of such year or as of the date of
removal or  resignation,  as the case may be. The Trustee  shall include in such
report a  valuation  of the Trust Fund in  accordance  with  Section 4.4 herein.
Neither the  Employer  nor any other person shall have the right to demand or to
be entitled to any further or different accounting by the Trustee, except as may
be  required  by  statute or by  regulations  published  by  federal  government
agencies  with  respect  to  reporting  and  disclosure.  The  Board has 60 days
following the receipt of the annual  accounting to provide written notice to the
Trustee of any disputed items. Absent such timely notice by the Board, the Board
is deemed to accept the Trustee's annual accounting.

          4.3 Acceptance of Trustee's Accounting. The acceptance by the Board of
the  written  account  of the  Trustee  shall not  relieve  the  Trustee  of any
liability or accountability for breaches of


                                        7

<PAGE>



fiduciary  responsibility  for negligence or willful  misconduct or lack of good
faith on the part of the Trustee.  In the event that the Board files a statement
claiming any exception or objection to the written  account of the Trustee,  and
any such  exception or objection are not  compromised  by agreement  between the
Board and the Trustee,  the Trustee  shall file its account  covering the period
from the date of the last account to which no objection was made in any court of
competent jurisdiction for audit or adjudication.

         4.4      Valuation of the Trust Fund.

                  (a) As of each Valuation Date, the Trustee shall determine the
net worth of the  assets  of the Fund,  and  report  such  value to the Board in
writing. In determining such net worth, the Trustee shall evaluate the assets of
the Fund at their fair market value as of such  Valuation  Date and shall deduct
all expenses chargeable to the Fund.

                  (b) In determining  and valuing the assets and  liabilities of
the Fund for any purpose,  securities  held in the Fund shall be valued at their
last  published  sale price on the  Valuation  Date. If no sale price shall have
been reported on the  Valuation  Date, or if a security is listed on two or more
exchanges, or if any irregularity occurs, the Trustee shall make a determination
of value  within  the custom  and  practice  at such time and will so advise the
Board as to its method of valuation.

                                    ARTICLE V
                                    ---------

                                   THE TRUSTEE
                                   -----------

         5.1 Trustee's Conditions.  The Trustee accepts the Trust hereby created
and agrees to perform the duties hereby required by it, subject, however, to the
following conditions:

                  (a) The  Trustee  shall incur no  liability  to anyone for any
action taken  pursuant to a direction,  request or approval  given by the Board,
the Employer or by any other party to whom  authority  to give such  directions,
requests or approvals is delegated.  Any such  direction,  request,  or approval
shall be evidenced  by delivery to the Trustee of a statement in writing  signed
by the authorized initiator thereof.

                  (b) The Trustee shall receive as compensation for its services
such  amounts  as may be  agreed  upon at the time of  execution  of this  Trust
Agreement,  subject  to change  at any time and from  time to time by  agreement
between the  Employer  and the  Trustee.  No  compensation  shall be paid to the
Trustee  if  he  is  a  full-time  employee  of  the  Employer.   The  Trustee's
compensation (if any) and the expenses  incurred by the Trustee in administering
the Trust  shall be paid by the  Employer.  If the  Trustee's  compensation  and
expenses  are not paid by the  Employer  within 90 days of receipt,  the Trustee
reserves the right to withdraw the amounts due from the assets of the Trust.



                                        8

<PAGE>



                  (c) The Trustee shall be indemnified  by the Employer  against
its prospective costs, expenses, and liability in connection with all litigation
relating  to the  Agreement,  the  Trust or the  Trust  Fund,  except  where the
litigation is occasioned by the fault of the Trustee.

         5.2 Board.  The  Employer  shall  advise the  Trustee in writing of the
names of each of the individuals who serve on the Board and the Trustee shall be
fully  protected  in assuming  that there has been no change until so advised by
the Employer.

         5.3  Resignation  or Removal of Trustee.  The Trustee may be removed by
the  Employer at any time upon sixty (60) days notice in writing to the Trustee.
The Trustee may resign at any time upon sixty (60) days notice in writing to the
Employer.  In the case of any such removal or  resignation,  the Employer  shall
appoint a  successor  Trustee  who may be either  one or more  individuals  or a
corporation  empowered to act as trustee.  Upon the  resignation or removal of a
Trustee, it, he/she or they shall assign, transfer and pay over to the successor
Trustee  its,  his/her or their  right,  title and  interest in and to the cash,
securities and other  properties then  constituting the Trust Fund and shall, at
the  time  of  such  transfer,  render  an  account  of its,  his/her  or  their
transactions  to the Board but the Trustee  shall be under no duty to account to
anyone other than the Board or to make such a formal  accounting  as is required
of a trustee of an express  trust.  Any  successor  Trustee  shall have the same
rights,  powers and duties as those  conferred  upon the  Trustee  named in this
Trust  Agreement.  The removal of the Trustee or the  appointment of a successor
Trustee shall be by instrument in writing,  signed by an appropriate  officer of
the  Employer  and  shall  become  effective  on  the  date  specified  in  such
instrument.  A certificate  of the Board as to who is or was the duly  appointed
and acting  Trustee at any time may be  accepted  as  conclusive  by all parties
dealing  with the Trustee.  The Trustee  shall be entitled to request a court of
competent  jurisdiction  to name a trustee  should the  Employer  fail to name a
successor trustee within the notice period.  The costs to have a court-appointed
successor Trustee can be charged to the Trust if not paid by the Employer within
ninety (90) days.

         5.4  Provision  for  Co-Trustee.  The  Employer  may select one or more
individuals  (who may be employees of the Employer) or a corporation to act as a
trustee  hereunder.  In such event,  the powers granted to the Trustee under the
provisions of this Trust Agreement shall be vested in all such trustees  jointly
and shall be exercised by a majority of the Trustees.

         5.5 Trustee Vote By  Majority.  Acts and  decisions of the Trustee,  if
there be more than one,  involving  trust  interpretations  or matters of policy
shall be by majority vote  evidenced by an executed  writing either in a meeting
or  without a  meeting.  Any  Trustee  may sign on behalf  of the  Trustees  any
documents or papers which may be required in the routine operation of the Trust.

         5.6  Non-Participation  of Trustee. No Executive may be a Trustee under
this Trust Agreement.

         5.7      Bonding of Trustee.  The Trustee is not required to be bonded.



                                        9

<PAGE>



         5.8      Liability of Trustee.

                  (a) The  Trustee  shall  discharge  its duties  with the care,
skill,  prudence and diligence  under the  circumstances  then prevailing that a
prudent man acting in a like  capacity and familiar  with such matters would use
in the conduct of an  enterprise  of a like  character and with like aims. If it
exercises  investment powers, the Trustee shall diversify the investments of the
Fund so as to minimize the risk of large losses,  unless under the circumstances
it is clearly  prudent not to do so. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any
way for any action or  omission of the  Employer or the Board or the  investment
manager with respect to their duties and  obligations as set forth in the Trust.
The Trustee shall also not be  responsible  for any action or omission of any of
its agents or with  respect to reliance  upon the advice of counsel  (whether or
not such counsel is also counsel to the Employer),  provided that such agents or
counsel were prudently chosen by the Trustee and that the Trustee relied in good
faith upon the action of such agent or the advice of such  counsel.  The Trustee
shall not be relieved from  responsibility or liability for any  responsibility,
obligation  or duty  imposed  upon it under  the  Agreement,  the  Trust or law.
Nothing  herein  shall  preclude  the  indemnification  of  the  Trustee  by the
Employer.

                  (b) To the  extent the  Trustee is found  liable to any person
for any action  taken or  omitted  in  connection  with the  interpretation  and
administration of this Trust Agreement, the Employer shall indemnify the Trustee
for all amounts  attributable to such imposition of liability,  unless liability
is determined to have been attributable to willful or gross misconduct.

                  (c) The Trustee is a party to this Trust Agreement  solely for
the purposes set forth in this Trust Agreement and the Agreement, and to perform
the acts set forth  therein,  and no  obligation  or duty shall be  expected  or
required of it except as stated in the Agreement or the Trust Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                                   ----------

                      DUTIES OF THE EMPLOYER AND THE BOARD
                      ------------------------------------

         6.1  Information  and Data to be Furnished  the  Trustee.  The Employer
agrees to furnish the Trustee  with such  information  and data  relative to the
Agreement as is necessary for the proper  administration of the Fund established
hereunder.

         6.2 Limitation of Duties. Neither the Employer nor the Board shall have
any duties or  obligations  with respect to this Trust  Agreement,  except those
expressly set forth herein and in the Agreement.

         6.3 Limitation of Liability.  Except as otherwise  provided by law, the
Employer  and the Board  shall not in any way be  liable or  responsible  to the
Executive,  Trustee or any other person, firm or corporation  whatsoever for any
acts of omission or commission in connection with their duties


                                       10

<PAGE>



herein,  unless  such act of  omission  or  commission  is due to his or its own
individual, willful and intentional nonfeasance, malfeasance or misfeasance.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                                   -----------

                    DELEGATION OF DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
                    -----------------------------------------

         7.1  Investment  Manager.  The Board  reserves  the right to appoint an
investment manager to manage, acquire or dispose of assets of the Trust Fund. To
the extent an investment  manager is appointed and the Trustee  receives written
notification  of such  appointment,  the Trustee shall not be liable for its act
and conduct in the  administration  of the Agreement  and Trust  pursuant to the
investment manager's direction, except for acts of willful misconduct; provided,
however,   that  the   foregoing   shall  not  relieve  the  Trustee   from  any
responsibility  or  liability  for any  obligation  or duty  that  they may have
pursuant to ERISA.  The selection and retention or disposition of any investment
shall be made by the Trustee at the direction of the Employer or any  investment
manager appointed by the Board, or its delegate.

         7.2 Duty to Monitor.  If an  investment  manager is appointed to manage
the  assets of the Trust  Fund,  the Board  shall  have the  responsibility  and
authority to monitor the performance of the investment  manager and to terminate
such appointment if necessary.

         7.3 Investment  Manager  Powers.  To the extent the investment  manager
manages,  acquires,  or  disposes of assets of the Trust  Fund,  the  investment
manager shall assume the  responsibilities  and  liabilities of the Trustee with
regard to the  management of the assets of the Trust Fund, and the Trustee shall
be relieved of such liabilities.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                  ------------

                            AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
                            -------------------------

         8.1 Amendment of Trust.  The  provisions of the Trust may be amended at
any time and from time to time by the Employer, provided that, no such amendment
may be made which is  prohibited  under the  Agreement  or which  increases  the
duties or the obligations of the Trustee without its consent.

         8.2  Procedure  for  Amendment  of  the  Trust.   Notwithstanding   the
provisions  of  Section  8.1 or of any  other  provision  of the Trust or of the
Agreement,  if any  amendment of the Trust or the  Agreement is required to meet
the requirements of any law, government regulation or ruling, or if an amendment
is otherwise  permissible under state or federal law, either express or implied,
such  amendment  may be made  retroactively  and  shall be  accomplished  by the
Employer and effected by written notice to the Trustee.  If the Trustee does not
approve an  amendment of the Trust,  the Trustee  shall  immediately  notify the
Employer.



                                       11

<PAGE>



         8.3  Termination  of  the  Agreement  or  Trust.  The  Agreement  shall
terminate  automatically  upon  the  final  distribution  or  forfeiture  of the
Severance  Payment  thereunder.  Upon the final  distribution or forfeiture of a
Severance Payment under the Agreement, the Trust shall also terminate.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                   ----------

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
                            ------------------------

         9.1 Reliance on Trust  Agreement.  Any person  dealing with the Trustee
may  rely  upon a copy of this  Trust  Agreement  and  any  amendments  thereto,
certified  to be a true and  correct  copy by the  Trustee or any officer of the
Trustee.

         9.2  Invalidity.  In the event any  provision  of this Trust  Agreement
shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason,  said  illegality or invalidity
shall not affect the remaining provisions hereof, and this Trust Agreement shall
thereafter  be construed  and enforced as if said illegal or invalid  provisions
had never been included herein.

         9.3 Agreement's Provisions. The Agreement and each provision thereof is
hereby  incorporated by reference and shall, for all purposes,  be deemed a part
of the Trust,  provided,  however, that in the event of any conflict between the
provisions of the Agreement and the Trust, the former shall control.

         9.4  Agreement's  Terms.  Any term used herein  which is defined in the
Agreement  shall be  considered  to have the same  meaning  as in the  Agreement
unless the contrary is clearly indicated.

         9.5 Applicable Law. This Trust  Agreement shall be construed,  enforced
and  regulated  under  federal  law,  and to the extent  (if any) not  preempted
thereby, under the laws of the District of Columbia.

         9.6 Counterparts.  This Trust may be executed in multiple counterparts,
each of which shall be deemed to be an original.

         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  as  evidence  of  the  adoption  of  this  Trust
Agreement,  the Employer and the Trustee have caused this Trust  Agreement to be
executed as of this day of March, 1998.

ATTEST:                             ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC.



____________________________        By: _______________________________________




                                       12

<PAGE>



ATTEST:                              NATIONSBANK, N.A.



_______________________________       By:_____________________________________


                       NOTARIZATION FOR AGREEMENTS SPONSOR
                       -----------------------------------

DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA, __________________________, to wit:

         I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this      day of           , before me, the 

subscriber, a Notary Public of the                               , in and for 

                                   ,personally  appeared  and known  to me

(or satisfactorily proven to be)                , and duly acknowledged 

the foregoing Trust Agreement to be the act and deed of said Employer.

         WITNESS my hand and Notarial Seal.


                                  ______________________________________
                                  Notary Public

                                  My Commission Expires:__________________


                       NOTARIZATION FOR NATIONSBANK, N. A.
                       -----------------------------------

DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA, ________________________, to wit:

         I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this      day of            , before me,

the subscriber, a Notary  Public of the                           , in and for

                    , personally appeared and known to me (or satisfactorily

proven to be)                , Trustee and duly acknowledged the foregoing Trust

Agreement to be the act and deed of said Trustee.

         WITNESS my hand and Notarial Seal.


                                 ______________________________________
                                  Notary Public

                                  My Commission Expires:_______________






                                       13





Exhibit 10.31

                                  GRANTOR TRUST

                                       OF

                             THE ADAMS NATIONAL BANK

         THIS GRANTOR TRUST AGREEMENT, is made by and between The Adams National
Bank, a national banking association,  (the "Employer"),  and NationsBank,  N.A.
(the "Trustee"), and is effective March 4, 1998.

                                   WITNESSETH:
                                   -----------

         WHEREAS,  the Employer has entered into severance  agreements  with six
key  employees  effective  March 5, 1998 and a letter  agreement  with Kate Carr
effective March 5, 1998 (the "Agreements"),  copies of which are attached hereto
as Exhibit A; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Employer  deems it  advisable  to adopt a  grantor 
trust in connection with the Agreements; and

         WHEREAS,  the Employer  desires the Trustee to hold and  administer the
Trust Fund under this Trust Agreement;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and  the  mutual
covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                                    ---------

                           ESTABLISHMENT OF THE TRUST
                           --------------------------

         1.1      Definitions.
                  ------------

                  (a)  Agreement  or   Agreements.   The  term   "Agreement"  or
                       ---------------------------
"Agreements"  means the (i) severance  agreements  entered into between the Bank
and Alexander Beltran,  Devin Blum, Joyce Hertz, Kimberly Levine, Melrose Nathan
and Bijan  Partovi (ii) the letter  agreement  entered into between the Bank and
Kate  Carr  which  sets  forth  the terms and  conditions  of the  receipt  of a
Severance  Payment  and  (iii) the  original  Employment  Agreement  dated as of
February  20,  1996 and  amended  as of March  29,  1996  and the  Amendment  To
Employment Agreement entered into as of March 5, 1998, between the Employer, the
Abigail Adams  National  Bancorp,  Inc., and Barbara Davis Blum which sets forth
the terms and conditions of the receipt of a Severance Payment.

                  (b) Board of Directors.  The term "Board of  Directors"  means
                      -------------------
the Board of Directors of the Employer.

                  (c) Executive.  The term "Executive"  means those  individuals
                      -----------
who are listed on the attached Exhibit B.


                                        1

<PAGE>



                  (d) Executive Account.  The term "Executive Account" means the
                      -----------------
separate  sub-account  established  for each Executive  pursuant to the terms of
this Trust Agreement which is credited with amounts  contributed by the Employer
to the Trust Fund,  and any earnings and losses  attributable  to such  Employer
contributions.  Each  Executive  Account will be segregated  within the Trust to
prevent the commingling of the Trust Fund's assets.

                  (e) Holding Company.  The term "Holding Company" means Abigail
                      -----------------
Adams National Bancorp, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor.

                  (f) Severance Payment.  The term "Severance Payment" means (i)
                      -------------------
with regard to all  Executives  except  Barbara  Davis Blum,  a lump sum payment
payable to the Executive from his Executive Account pursuant to the terms of the
Agreement  and (ii) with regard to Barbara  Davis Blum, a cash payment  equal to
eighty percent (80%) of the total amount required under Sections 10(a)(i)(i) and
10(a)(i)(ii) of the Agreement. The amount of any Severance Payment is determined
by the terms of the Agreement  and excludes any assets in the Executive  Account
in excess of the amount of the Severance Payment.

                  (g) The Trustee.  The term "Trustee" means  NationsBank,  N.A.
                      -------------
which has accepted the responsibilities  herein,  unless the Employer designates
another  person or entity to serve as trustee for the Trust  Agreement.  If more
than one person acts as a Trustee hereunder,  the term "Trustee" shall be deemed
to include all trustees.

                  (h) Valuation Date. The term  "Valuation  Date" means the last
                      ---------------
day of each quarter of a calendar  year,  or a more frequent date as agreed upon
by the Trustee and the Employer.

         1.2      Description of Trust.
                 ----------------------

                  (a) The  Employer  hereby  establishes  with the  Trustee  the
Grantor Trust of The Adams  National Bank (the "Trust") which shall be a part of
the  Agreements.  The Trust  shall  consist  of such  sums of money or  property
(acceptable  to the  Trustee)  as  shall  be  paid  to  the  Trustee  under  the
Agreements, and any earnings,  profits,  increments,  additions and appreciation
thereto. The Trustee shall be subject only to terms of this Trust. All such sums
of money, all investments made therewith or proceeds thereof,  and all earnings,
profits, increments, appreciation and additions thereto, less the payments which
shall have been made by the  Trustee,  as  authorized  herein,  are  referred to
herein as the "Trust Fund" or the "Fund".

                  (b) The  Trust is an  irrevocable  grantor  trust  within  the
meaning  of  Section  671 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  on March 1st of 1999 and March 1st of each subsequent  year: (i) the
Board of  Directors  shall have a thirty (30) day period in which to  reevaluate
this Trust Fund; and (ii) unless the Board passes a resolution stating otherwise
during the thirty (30) day period,  the Trust Fund shall  continue in effect and
remain irrevocable until the following March 1st.



                                        2

<PAGE>



                  (c) No portion of the Trust will revert to the Employer except
if: (i) necessary to discharge  the claims of creditors;  (ii) the Executive has
not satisfied the  conditions  for receipt of a Severance  Payment in accordance
with the  Agreement;  (iii) the amount of the Severance  Payment  constitutes an
"Excess Parachute Payment," as such term is defined in the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986,  as  amended;  (iv) the amount in the  Executive  Account  exceeds  the
Severance Payment;  or (v) in the case of an "Interest Transfer" as described in
Section 2.5.

                  (d) If the  Employer is unable to pay its debts as they mature
or is a party as a debtor in any  bankruptcy  proceeding,  the Employer  will be
considered insolvent. The insolvency of the Holding Company of the Employer will
not impact the distribution of any Severance  Payment under the Agreements.  The
Board  must  inform  the  Trustee  of either or both of these  conditions.  Upon
receipt of this  information  regarding the Employer's  insolvency,  the Trustee
must suspend distribution of any Severance Payments and must hold assets for the
benefit of the  Employer's  general  creditors.  If the Trustee  receives  other
written notice of the Employer's  insolvency,  the Trustee must notify the Board
in writing and must suspend all Severance  Payments.  The Trustee must also hold
trust  assets  for the  benefit of the  Employer's  general  creditors  and must
determine within 30 calendar days whether the Employer is insolvent. The Trustee
must consult with the Employer as part of the  determination  of the  Employer's
insolvency.  If the Trustee  determines the Employer is solvent,  it must resume
the distribution of any Severance  Payment.  If the Trustee has knowledge of the
Employer's  insolvency or has  determined  that the Employer is  insolvent,  the
Trustee  must  deliver  trust  assets to satisfy  the  claims of the  Employer's
general creditors as directed by a court of competent jurisdiction.

                                   ARTICLE II
                                   ----------

                         CONTRIBUTIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
                         -------------------------------

         2.1  Contributions.  As soon as  administratively  feasible  after  the
              --------------
execution of the Agreements, the Employer shall pay to the Trustee an amount (in
cash) equal to the total Severance Payments under the Agreements as set forth in
Exhibit C. The  aggregate  contribution  will be allocated  among the  Executive
Accounts.   In   determining   the  amount  and  frequency  of  any   subsequent
contributions  to be made in cash or other  property  acceptable to the Trustee,
the Board may,  but is not  required  to,  take into  account an  increase in an
Executive's  base salary and the earnings  and/or losses of the Trust Fund.  The
Trustee is under no obligation to compel deposits to the Trust Fund.

         2.2 Distributions.  Generally, the Trustee must hold, invest, reinvest,
             --------------
manage,  and administer the Trust Fund in accordance  with the provisions of the
Trust Agreement,  and from time to time, on the written  direction of the Board,
make  payments  from the  Trust  Fund for the  purposes  specified  in a written
direction.  The Trustee  shall be under no liability  for any payment made by it
pursuant to such a direction.



                                        3

<PAGE>



         2.3 Information  Supplied by Employer.  All  contributions  made to the
             ----------------------------------
Trust Fund shall be  accompanied by a written  statement  giving the Trustee the
identity of the Executives for the year to which the  contribution is applicable
and the identity of any previous  Executive in respect to whom a forfeiture  has
arisen.

         2.4 Payments to Executives.
             ----------------------

                  (a) Whenever the Trustee  shall be advised by the Board or the
Employer that an Executive has become entitled to a Severance Payment,  it shall
distribute to such Executive the Severance  Payment due in the amount and manner
provided by the Agreement.

                  (b) If an Executive  is  physically  or mentally  incapable of
receiving and acknowledging a Severance Payment from the Agreement,  the Trustee
may, upon direction from the Board or the Employer,  make the Severance Payment,
without  the  interposition  of  a  guardian,  to  such  institution,   trustee,
conservator, committee or person who shall be entitled to receive such Severance
Payment  for the use,  benefit or support of said  incompetent.  Such  Severance
Payment  shall  constitute a full  acquittance  of the Trustee and of all claims
against the Trust Fund.

                  (c) In the  event  that  any  dispute  shall  arise  as to the
persons to whom a  Severance  Payment  and the  delivery of any fund or property
shall be made by the Trustee,  or the amount thereof,  the Trustees shall retain
the Severance Payment and/or postpone such delivery until actual adjudication of
such dispute shall have been made in a court of competent jurisdiction.

                  (d)  If  the  Employer  determines  that  the  amount  in  the
Executive Account,  and any earnings thereon, are not sufficient to distribute a
Severance  Payment in accordance  with the terms of the Agreement,  the Employer
may correct this deficiency by making an additional  irrevocable  deposit to the
Executive's Account out of its general assets.

                  (e)  If  the  Employer  determines  that  the  amount  in  the
Executive Account exceeds the amount of the Severance Payment, the excess amount
will be forfeited and returned to the Employer at the time of distribution.

                  (f) The  entitlement  of an Executive  to a Severance  Payment
under the  Agreement  shall be  determined  by the  Employer or such party as it
shall designate  under the Agreement,  and any dispute shall be adjudicated in a
court of competent jurisdiction.

         2.5 Interest Transfers.
             ------------------

                  To the extent  that the amount in the Trust Fund  exceeds  the
amount of the  Severance  Payment,  the  excess  amount  will be  forfeited  and
returned  to the  Employer  as  soon  as  administratively  feasible  after  the
determination  has been  made and to the  extent  allowable  by the terms of the
underlying  investments in the Trust Fund. This  determination  shall be made by
the  Employer  as soon as  possible  after the end of each  calendar  quarter by
determining the amount in the


                                        4

<PAGE>



Trust Fund on the last day of each  calendar year quarter and  subtracting  from
that amount the Severance Payment set forth in Exhibit B.


                                   ARTICLE III
                                   -----------

                             INVESTMENT OF THE FUND
                             ----------------------

         3.1 General Rules.  The Trustee shall invest and reinvest the principal
             --------------
and  income of the Trust  Fund and keep the same  invested  without  distinction
between principal and income.  The selection and retention or disposition of any
investment  shall be made by the Trustee at the direction of the Employer or any
investment manager appointed by the Board, or its delegate.  The Employer and/or
its designated  investment manager shall have the authority to acquire,  manage,
retain and dispose of assets of the Trust Fund.

         3.2 Trustee  Powers.  The Trustee  shall have the  following  powers in
             ----------------
addition  to the powers  customarily  vested in trustees by law and in no way in
derogation thereof:

                  (a)  With  any cash at any time  held by it,  to  purchase  or
subscribe for any Authorized  Investment (as defined in Section 3.3 herein), and
to retain such Authorized Investment in the Trust Fund.

                  (b) To sell for cash or on credit,  convert,  redeem, exchange
for another  Authorized  Investment,  or  otherwise  dispose of, any  Authorized
Investment at any time held by it.

                  (c) To retain  uninvested any part of the Trust Fund necessary
for the current  operational need of the Agreements or Trust, and to deposit any
cash in any  banking  or savings  institution,  including  a savings  account or
similar interest-bearing account in the Trustee's own savings department.

                  (d) To  exercise  any  option  appurtenant  to any  Authorized
Investment  in which the Trust Fund is  invested  for  conversion  thereof  into
another  Authorized  Investment,  or to  exercise  any rights to  subscribe  for
additional Authorized Investments, and to make all necessary payments therefor.

                  (e) At the direction of the Employer, to vote, in person or by
general or limited proxy,  at any election of any corporation in which the Trust
Fund is  invested,  and  similarly to  exercise,  personally  or by a general or
limited power of attorney,  any right  appurtenant to any Authorized  Investment
held in the Trust Fund.

                  (f)  To  purchase  Authorized  Investments  at  a  premium  or
discount.



                                        5

<PAGE>



                  (g) With the  approval  of the  Employer,  to employ  suitable
agents, actuaries,  accountants and counsel and to pay their reasonable expenses
and  compensation  from the Trust Fund if not paid by the Employer within ninety
(90) days.

                  (h) To cause any investment in the Trust Fund to be registered
in, or  transferred  into,  its name as  Trustee  or the name of its  nominee or
nominees  or to retain them  unregistered  or in a form  permitting  transfer by
delivery,  or to utilize the Federal Reserve Book Entry System for securities of
the United States  Government  or its agencies,  or to utilize the services of a
depository clearing  corporation to the extent permitted by State law. The books
and records of the Trustee shall at all times show that all such investments are
part of the Trust  Fund,  and the  Trustee  shall be fully  responsible  for any
misappropriation or defalcation in respect of any investment held by its nominee
or held in unregistered  form. The indicia of ownership of all Trust Fund assets
shall be maintained within the jurisdiction of the district courts of the United
States.

                  (i) To do all acts which it may deem  necessary  or proper and
to exercise any and all powers of the Trust under this Trust upon such terms and
conditions which it may deem are for the best interests of the Trust Fund.

                  (j) To apply for, purchase,  hold, transfer,  pay premiums on,
surrender, and exercise all incidents of ownership of any annuity contract.

                  (k) To invest in  proprietary  mutual  funds of the Trustee or
its affiliate.

                  (l)  To  provide   appropriate   disclosure   regarding  trade
confirmations.  The Employer is aware that Federal  Regulations require that the
Trustee,  without  charge  and within  five  business  days of its  receipt of a
broker/dealer confirmation for each security transaction in the Employer's name,
forward a copy to the Employer of such  broker/dealer  confirmation or a written
notification  which  discloses:  the Trustee's  name; the  Employer's  name; the
capacity in which the Trustee is acting;  the date of execution  and a statement
that the time of  execution  will be furnished  on the  request;  the  identity,
price,  number  of  shares  or  units or  principal  amount  of debt  securities
purchased or sold by the Employer;  the name of the broker/dealer and the amount
of any remuneration received by such broker/dealer from the Employer; the amount
of any  remuneration  received by the Trustee from the Employer,  and the source
and  amount  of  any  other  remuneration   received  by  the  Trustee  for  the
transaction.

         The  Employer  is also aware that under the  preceding  paragraph,  the
Trustee shall provide periodic  statements (not more frequently than monthly) to
the Employer  including a listing of all securities  transactions,  receipts and
disbursements during that period,  together with a current listing of the assets
held in the  account.  Accordingly,  because  the  Employer  believes  that  the
periodic statements provided by the Trustee will constitute sufficient notice of
such transactions, the Employer hereby agrees to accept such periodic statements
in satisfaction of the Trustee's  obligation to provide the written notification
as described in the preceding paragraph.



                                        6

<PAGE>



         3.3  Authorized  Investments.   "Authorized  Investment"  means  bonds,
              ------------------------
debentures,   notes,  commercial  paper,  bankers'  acceptances,   money  market
certificates,   or  other  evidences  of  indebtedness,   including  by  way  of
illustration and not by way of limitation,  corporate bonds,  savings  accounts,
certificates  of deposit,  variable note  arrangements  and  obligations  of the
United States  Government;  stocks  (regardless of class), or other evidences of
ownership,  in any  corporation,  mutual  investment fund,  investment  company,
association,  or business  trust;  combined,  common or commingled  trust funds;
retirement income or annuity contracts; real and personal property of all kinds,
including  leaseholds  on  improved  and  unimproved  real  estate.   Authorized
Investment  includes any  investment  vehicle of the Trustee  including  without
limitation any interest-bearing account, certificate of deposit or variable note
arrangement.

         3.4 Segregated Accounts.  The Trustee will establish on behalf of each
             --------------------
Executive a segregated Executive Account.

         3.5  Custodian.  If the  Trustee  is not a bank or trust  company,  the
              ----------
Trustee may  delegate,  with the  approval  of the Board,  by an  instrument  in
writing, to a person (individual,  corporation or other entity) who is appointed
as agent or  custodian  by it, any power or function  of the  Trustee  hereunder
(other than the investment of the Trust assets),  including  without  limitation
the following:

               (a) custodianship of all or any part of the assets of the Trust;

               (b)  maintaining  and  accounting  for  the  Trust  Fund  and for
Executives' Accounts as part thereof;

               (c) distribution of benefits as directed by the Board; and

               (d)  preparation  of the annual report on the status of the Trust
Fund.

         The agent or custodian  so appointed  may act as agent for the Trustee,
without  investment  responsibility,  for fees to be mutually agreed upon by the
Board and the agent or custodian and paid in the same manner as Trustee's  fees.
The Trustee  shall  review and monitor the  functions of the  custodian,  but it
shall not be  responsible  for any act or  omission  of the  agent or  custodian
arising from any such  delegation,  except to the extent provided in Section 5.8
herein.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                                   ----------

                 ACCOUNTS TO BE KEPT AND RENDERED BY THE TRUSTEE
                 -----------------------------------------------

         4.1 Records and Accounts.  The Trustee shall keep accurate and detailed
             --------------------
accounts of all investments,  receipts and disbursements and other  transactions
hereunder,  including such specific records as shall be required by law and such
additional  records as may be agreed  upon in writing  between the Board and the
Trustee. The Trustee shall file with the appropriate taxing authority such forms
as may be required in  connection  with the  payments of benefits and shall file
with the


                                        7

<PAGE>



appropriate  taxing  authority  such  additional  forms as may be agreed upon in
writing  between the Employer and the Trustee.  All accounts,  books and records
relating  thereto shall be open to inspection and audit by any person or persons
designated by the Employer, at all reasonable times.

         4.2 Annual  Accounting.  Within ninety (90) days following the close of
             -------------------
each calendar  year, and within ninety (90) days after the effective date of the
removal or resignation  of the Trustee,  the Trustee shall file with the Board a
written account, setting forth all investments,  receipts and disbursements, and
other  transactions  effected by them during such year or during the period from
the close of the last preceding year to the date of such removal or resignation,
including a description  of all securities  and  investments  purchased and sold
with the cost or net proceeds of such purchases or sales,  and showing all cash,
securities  and other property held at the end of such year or as of the date of
removal or  resignation,  as the case may be. The Trustee  shall include in such
report a  valuation  of the Trust Fund in  accordance  with  Section 4.5 herein.
Neither the  Employer  nor any other person shall have the right to demand or to
be entitled to any further or different accounting by the Trustee, except as may
be  required  by  statute or by  regulations  published  by  federal  government
agencies  with  respect  to  reporting  and  disclosure.  The  Board has 60 days
following the receipt of the annual  accounting to provide written notice to the
Trustee of any disputed items. Absent such timely notice by the Board, the Board
is deemed to accept the Trustee's annual accounting.

         4.3 Acceptance of Trustee's Accounting.  The acceptance by the Board of
             ----------------------------------
the  written  account  of the  Trustee  shall not  relieve  the  Trustee  of any
liability  or  accountability  for  breaches  of  fiduciary  responsibility  for
negligence  or  willful  misconduct  or lack of good  faith  on the  part of the
Trustee. In the event that the Board files a statement claiming any exception or
objection  to the written  account of the  Trustee,  and any such  exception  or
objection are not  compromised  by agreement  between the Board and the Trustee,
the Trustee shall file its account covering the period from the date of the last
account to which no objection  was made in any court of  competent  jurisdiction
for audit or adjudication.

         4.4 Establishment of Accounts. The Trustee shall establish and maintain
             --------------------------
as part of the  Fund  segregated  Executive  Accounts  for each  Executive.  The
establishment of each Executive Account will require a segregation of the assets
of the Fund. No Executive shall acquire any right to or interest in any specific
asset of the Fund as a result of the allocations to his Executive Account.

         4.5 Valuation of the Trust Fund.
             ----------------------------

                  (a) As of each Valuation Date, the Trustee shall determine the
net worth of the  assets  of the Fund,  and  report  such  value to the Board in
writing. In determining such net worth, the Trustee shall evaluate the assets of
the Fund at their fair market value as of such  Valuation  Date and shall deduct
all expenses  chargeable to the Fund.  Any increase or decrease in the net worth
of the assets of the Fund shall be allocated as of each Valuation Date among the
Executive Accounts  established as a part of the Fund in the manner specified by
the Board.



                                        8

<PAGE>



                  (b) In determining  and valuing the assets and  liabilities of
the Fund for any purpose,  securities  held in the Fund shall be valued at their
last  published  sale price on the  Valuation  Date. If no sale price shall have
been reported on the  Valuation  Date, or if a security is listed on two or more
exchanges, or if any irregularity occurs, the Trustee shall make a determination
of value  within  the custom  and  practice  at such time and will so advise the
Board as to its method of valuation.

                                    ARTICLE V
                                    ---------

                                   THE TRUSTEE
                                   -----------

         5.1 Trustee's Conditions.  The Trustee accepts the Trust hereby created
             ---------------------
and agrees to perform the duties hereby required by it, subject, however, to the
following conditions:

                  (a) The  Trustee  shall incur no  liability  to anyone for any
action taken  pursuant to a direction,  request or approval  given by the Board,
the Employer or by any other party to whom  authority  to give such  directions,
requests or approvals is delegated.  Any such  direction,  request,  or approval
shall be evidenced  by delivery to the Trustee of a statement in writing  signed
by the authorized initiator thereof.

                  (b) The Trustee shall receive as compensation for its services
such  amounts  as may be  agreed  upon at the time of  execution  of this  Trust
Agreement,  subject  to change  at any time and from  time to time by  agreement
between the  Employer  and the  Trustee.  No  compensation  shall be paid to the
Trustee  if  he  is  a  full-time  employee  of  the  Employer.   The  Trustee's
compensation (if any) and the expenses  incurred by the Trustee in administering
the Trust  shall be paid by the  Employer.  If the  Trustee's  compensation  and
expenses  are not paid by the  Employer  within 90 days of receipt,  the Trustee
reserves the right to withdraw the amounts due from the assets of the Trust.

                  (c) The Trustee shall be indemnified  by the Employer  against
its prospective costs, expenses, and liability in connection with all litigation
relating  to the  Agreements,  the Trust or the  Trust  Fund,  except  where the
litigation is occasioned by the fault of the Trustee.

         5.2 Board.  The  Employer  shall  advise the  Trustee in writing of the
             ------
names of each of the individuals who serve on the Board and the Trustee shall be
fully  protected  in assuming  that there has been no change until so advised by
the Employer.

         5.3  Resignation  or Removal of Trustee.  The Trustee may be removed by
              -----------------------------------
the  Employer at any time upon sixty (60) days notice in writing to the Trustee.
The Trustee may resign at any time upon sixty (60) days notice in writing to the
Employer.  In the case of any such removal or  resignation,  the Employer  shall
appoint a  successor  Trustee  who may be either  one or more  individuals  or a
corporation  empowered to act as trustee.  Upon the  resignation or removal of a
Trustee, it, he/she or they shall assign, transfer and pay over to the successor
Trustee  its,  his/her or their  right,  title and  interest in and to the cash,
securities and other  properties then  constituting the Trust Fund and shall, at
the  time  of  such  transfer,  render  an  account  of its,  his/her  or  their
transactions


                                        9

<PAGE>



to the Board but the Trustee  shall be under no duty to account to anyone  other
than the Board or to make such a formal  accounting  as is required of a trustee
of an express trust.  Any successor  Trustee shall have the same rights,  powers
and duties as those  conferred  upon the Trustee named in this Trust  Agreement.
The removal of the Trustee or the appointment of a successor Trustee shall be by
instrument  in writing,  signed by an  appropriate  officer of the  Employer and
shall become effective on the date specified in such  instrument.  A certificate
of the Board as to who is or was the duly  appointed  and acting  Trustee at any
time may be accepted as conclusive by all parties dealing with the Trustee.  The
Trustee shall be entitled to request a court of competent jurisdiction to name a
Trustee if the  Employer  should  fail to name a  successor  Trustee  within the
notice  period.  The costs to name a  court-appointed  successor  Trustee can be
charged to the Trust if not paid by the Employer within ninety (90) days.

         5.4  Provision  for  Co-Trustee.  The  Employer  may select one or more
              --------------------------
individuals  (who may be employees of the Employer) or a corporation to act as a
trustee  hereunder.  In such event,  the powers granted to the Trustee under the
provisions of this Trust Agreement shall be vested in all such trustees  jointly
and shall be exercised by a majority of the Trustees.

         5.5 Trustee Vote By  Majority.  Acts and  decisions of the Trustee,  if
            ---------------------------
there be more than one,  involving  trust  interpretations  or matters of policy
shall be by majority vote  evidenced by an executed  writing either in a meeting
or  without a  meeting.  Any  Trustee  may sign on behalf  of the  Trustees  any
documents or papers which may be required in the routine operation of the Trust.

         5.6  Non-Participation  of Trustee. No Executive may be a Trustee under
              ------------------------------
this Trust Agreement.

         5.7  Bonding of Trustee.  The Trustee is not required to be bonded.
              ------------------

         5.8  Liability of Trustee.
              ---------------------

                  (a) The  Trustee  shall  discharge  its duties  with the care,
skill,  prudence and diligence  under the  circumstances  then prevailing that a
prudent man acting in a like  capacity and familiar  with such matters would use
in the conduct of an  enterprise  of a like  character and with like aims. If it
exercises  investment powers, the Trustee shall diversify the investments of the
Fund so as to minimize the risk of large losses,  unless under the circumstances
it is clearly  prudent not to do so. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any
way for any action or  omission of the  Employer or the Board or the  investment
manager with respect to their duties and  obligations as set forth in the Trust.
The Trustee shall also not be  responsible  for any action or omission of any of
its agents or with  respect to reliance  upon the advice of counsel  (whether or
not such counsel is also counsel to the Employer),  provided that such agents or
counsel were prudently chosen by the Trustee and that the Trustee relied in good
faith upon the action of such agent or the advice of such  counsel.  The Trustee
shall not be relieved from  responsibility or liability for any  responsibility,
obligation  or duty  imposed  upon it under  the  Agreements,  the Trust or law.
Nothing  herein  shall  preclude  the  indemnification  of  the  Trustee  by the
Employer.


                                       10

<PAGE>




                  (b) To the  extent the  Trustee is found  liable to any person
for any action  taken or  omitted  in  connection  with the  interpretation  and
administration of this Trust Agreement, the Employer shall indemnify the Trustee
for all amounts  attributable to such imposition of liability,  unless liability
is determined to have been attributable to willful or gross misconduct.

                  (c) The Trustee is a party to this Trust Agreement  solely for
the  purposes  set forth in this  Trust  Agreement  and the  Agreements,  and to
perform the acts set forth therein,  and no obligation or duty shall be expected
or required of it except as stated in the Agreements or the Trust Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                                   ----------

                      DUTIES OF THE EMPLOYER AND THE BOARD
                      ------------------------------------

         6.1  Information  and Data to be Furnished  the  Trustee.  The Employer
              ----------------------------------------------------
agrees to furnish the Trustee  with such  information  and data  relative to the
Agreements as is necessary for the proper administration of the Fund established
hereunder.

         6.2 Limitation of Duties. Neither the Employer nor the Board shall have
             ---------------------
any duties or  obligations  with respect to this Trust  Agreement,  except those
expressly set forth herein and in the Agreements.

         6.3 Limitation of Liability.  Except as otherwise  provided by law, the
             ------------------------
Employer  and the Board  shall not in any way be  liable or  responsible  to any
Executive,  Trustee or any other person, firm or corporation  whatsoever for any
acts of omission or commission in connection  with their duties  herein,  unless
such act of omission or commission is due to his or its own individual,  willful
and intentional nonfeasance, malfeasance or misfeasance.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                                   -----------

                    DELEGATION OF DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
                    -----------------------------------------

         7.1  Investment  Manager.  The Board  reserves  the right to appoint an
              --------------------
investment manager to manage, acquire or dispose of assets of the Trust Fund. To
the extent an investment  manager is appointed and the Trustee  receives written
notification  of such  appointment,  the Trustee shall not be liable for its act
and conduct in the  administration  of the  Agreements and Trust pursuant to the
investment manager's direction, except for acts of willful misconduct; provided,
however,   that  the   foregoing   shall  not  relieve  the  Trustee   from  any
responsibility  or  liability  for any  obligation  or duty  that  they may have
pursuant to ERISA.  The selection and retention or disposition of any investment
shall be made by the Trustee at the direction of the Employer or any  investment
manager appointed by the Board, or its delegate.


                                       11

<PAGE>



         7.2 Duty to Monitor.  If an  investment  manager is appointed to manage
             ---------------
the  assets of the Trust  Fund,  the Board  shall  have the  responsibility  and
authority to monitor the performance of the investment  manager and to terminate
such appointment if necessary.

         7.3 Investment  Manager  Powers.  To the extent the investment  manager
             ----------------------------
manages,  acquires,  or  disposes of assets of the Trust  Fund,  the  investment
manager shall assume the  responsibilities  and  liabilities of the Trustee with
regard to the  management of the assets of the Trust Fund, and the Trustee shall
be relieved of such liabilities.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                  ------------

                            AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
                            -------------------------

         8.1 Amendment of Trust.  The  provisions of the Trust may be amended at
             ------------------
any time and from time to time by the Employer, provided that, no such amendment
may be made which is  prohibited  under the  Agreements  or which  increases the
duties or the obligations of the Trustee without its consent.

         8.2  Procedure  for  Amendment  of  the  Trust.   Notwithstanding   the
              ------------------------------------------
provisions  of  Section  8.1 or of any  other  provision  of the Trust or of the
Agreements,  if any amendment of the Trust or the Agreements is required to meet
the requirements of any law, government regulation or ruling, or if an amendment
is otherwise  permissible under state or federal law, either express or implied,
such  amendment  may be made  retroactively  and  shall be  accomplished  by the
Employer and effected by written notice to the Trustee.  If the Trustee does not
approve an  amendment of the Trust,  the Trustee  shall  immediately  notify the
Employer.

         8.3  Termination of the Severance  Agreements or Trust.  Each Agreement
              -------------------------------------------------
shall terminate  automatically  upon distribution or forfeiture of the Severance
Payment  thereunder.  Upon the final  distribution  or forfeiture of a Severance
Payment under the Agreement, the Trust shall also terminate.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                   ----------

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
                            ------------------------

         9.1 Reliance on Trust  Agreement.  Any person  dealing with the Trustee
             -----------------------------
may  rely  upon a copy of this  Trust  Agreement  and  any  amendments  thereto,
certified  to be a true and  correct  copy by the  Trustee or any officer of the
Trustee.

         9.2  Invalidity.  In the event any  provision  of this Trust  Agreement
              ----------
shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason,  said  illegality or invalidity
shall not affect the remaining provisions hereof, and this Trust Agreement shall
thereafter  be construed  and enforced as if said illegal or invalid  provisions
had never been included herein.



                                       12

<PAGE>



         9.3 Agreements'  Provisions.  The Agreements and each provision thereof
             -----------------------
is hereby  incorporated  by reference and shall,  for all purposes,  be deemed a
part of the Trust, provided,  however, that in the event of any conflict between
the provisions of the Agreements and the Trust, the former shall control.

         9.4  Agreements'  Terms.  Any term used herein  which is defined in the
              -------------------
Agreements  shall be  considered  to have the same meaning as in the  Agreements
unless the contrary is clearly indicated.

         9.5  Applicable  Law. This Agreement  shall be construed,  enforced and
              ----------------
regulated  under federal law, and to the extent (if any) not preempted  thereby,
under the laws of the District of Columbia.

         9.6 Counterparts.  This Trust may be executed in multiple counterparts,
             ------------
each of which shall be deemed to be an original.

         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  as  evidence  of  the  adoption  of  this  Trust
Agreement,  the Employer and the Trustee have caused this Trust  Agreement to be
executed as of this day of March, 1998.

ATTEST:                                     THE ADAMS NATIONAL BANK


___________________________________         By:_______________________________

ATTEST:                                     NATIONSBANK, N.A.


____________________________________         _________________________________

                       NOTARIZATION FOR AGREEMENTS SPONSOR
                       -----------------------------------

DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA, __________________________, to wit:

         I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this      day of           , before me, the

subscriber, a Notary Public of the                           , in and for 

                 ,personally appeared and known to me (or satisfactorily proven

to be)                  , and duly acknowledged the foregoing Trust Agreement to

be the act and deed of said Employer.

         WITNESS my hand and Notarial Seal.


                                 ------------------------------------------
                                  Notary Public

                                  My Commission Expires:____________________


                                       13

<PAGE>




                       NOTARIZATION FOR NATIONSBANK, N.A.
                       ----------------------------------

DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA, ________________________, to wit:

         I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this      day of            , before me, the

subscriber, a Notary Public of the                                            ,

in and for                                , personally appeared and known to me

or satisfactorily proven to be)                , Trustee and duly acknowledged

the foregoing Trust Agreement to be the act and deed of said Trustee.

         WITNESS my hand and Notarial Seal.



                                  _________________________________________
                                  Notary Public

                                  My Commission Expires:____________________


                                       14

<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT B


Alexander Beltran
Barbara Davis Blum
Devin Blum
Kate Carr
Joyce Hertz
Kimberly Levine
Melrose Nathan
Bijan Partovi








                                       15


Exhibit 23




The Board of Directors
Abigail Adams National Bancorp, Inc.


We consent to incorporation  by reference in the  registration  statements (Nos.
333-19155,  333- 33537,  333-33539  and  333-47061) on Form S-8 of Abigail Adams
National Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiary of our report dated January 26, 1996, with
respect to the consolidated  statements of operations,  changes in stockholders'
equity,  and cash flows of Abigail Adams National  Bancorp,  Inc. and subsidiary
for the year ended December 31, 1995,  which report appears in the annual report
filed on Form 10-KSB.




/s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
- -------------------------
KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

Washington, D.C.
March 31, 1998



Exhibit 23.1





As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation of our
reports  included (or  incorporated by reference) in this Form 10-KSB,  into the
Company's   previously  filed  Registration   Statements  File  Nos.  333-19155,
333-33537, 333-33539 and 333-47061.









Washington, D.C.                                 /s/ Arthur Andersen LLP
March 30, 1998







<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                                            9
<LEGEND>
     (Replace this text with the legend)
</LEGEND>
<CIK>                         0000356809
<NAME>                        ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC.
<MULTIPLIER>                  1                 
<CURRENCY>                    US DOLLARS
       
<S>                             <C>    
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>               DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                  JAN-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                    DEC-31-1997
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                 1
<CASH>                          7,654,347                           
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>          1,781,000               
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                6,450,000               
<TRADING-ASSETS>                        0       
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>    20,452,799                
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>          7,508,850               
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>            7,532,256               
<LOANS>                        85,313,591                
<ALLOWANCE>                    (1,141,719)                
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                131,239,014                 
<DEPOSITS>                    112,261,396                 
<SHORT-TERM>                    3,489,263               
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>             1,372,681               
<LONG-TERM>                     1,085,936               
                   0       
                             0       
<COMMON>                           16,559           
<OTHER-SE>                     13,013,179                
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>131,239,014                 
<INTEREST-LOAN>                 7,879,610               
<INTEREST-INVEST>               1,282,052               
<INTEREST-OTHER>                  440,868             
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                9,602,530               
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>              3,609,533               
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>              3,821,604               
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>           5,780,926               
<LOAN-LOSSES>                           0       
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                      0       
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                 6,418,689              
<INCOME-PRETAX>                   566,334               
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>        566,334             
<EXTRAORDINARY>                         0       
<CHANGES>                               0       
<NET-INCOME>                      341,827            
<EPS-PRIMARY>                        0.21         
<EPS-DILUTED>                        0.20          
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                       8.72          
<LOANS-NON>                       410,664             
<LOANS-PAST>                      103,000             
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                        0       
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                 1,154,223              
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>               (1,048,487)                
<CHARGE-OFFS>                     101,456             
<RECOVERIES>                     (194,688)              
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>              (1,141,719)                
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>           (1,141,719)                
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                     0       
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>            61,400            
        



</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission